Catalog Bara Capsulata 1000-5000A PDF

Low voltage
Canalis KTC
1000 - 5000 A
Busbar trunking systems
Copper
Catalogue
2011
YFJYVIIVGIT
6FKQHLGHU(OHF ULF
)55(9$
Contents
DEBU024EN_Contents.indd
Index
Introduction
3
17
Presentation and description
35
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
63
Design guide
133
Design and installation guide
171
Recommandations
231
version: 1.1
version: 1.1
DEBU024EN_Contents.indd
Index of catalogue numbers
Index
Cat. no.
Designations
03000
03561
CANALIS SUPPORT
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
78
87813
DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

2000/2500A 3P TDC
87814

2000/2500A 4P TDC
87815

3200A 3P TDC
87816

3200A 4P TDC
87817

4000A 3P TDC
87818

4000A 4P TDC
87821

800/1600A 3P RC
87822

800/1600A 4P RC
87823

2000/2500A 3P RC
87824

2000/2500A 4P RC
87825

3200A 3P RC
87826

3200A 4P RC
87827

4000A 3P RC
87828

4000A 4P RC
77
04000
Pages
04694
CONNECTION SUPPORT, 115 MM BETWEEN 77

CENTRES
04703
CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 3P
76
04704
CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 4P
76
04711
CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONTCONNECTED NS-NT, 3P
77
04712
CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONTCONNECTED NS-NT, 4P
77
04713
CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REARCONNECTED NS-NT, 3P
77
04714
CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REARCONNECTED NS-NT, 4P
77
04715
CANALIS CONNECTION, 1600 A, NW, 3P
76
04716
76
04725
76
04726
76
04735
76
04736
76
04737
76
04738
76
04851
FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR

VERTICAL FIXED NS1600
77
04852
FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR

VERTICAL FIXED NS1600-NT
77
04853
REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 77

FIXED NS1600
KH010SD85
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT MULLER

100 T00
124
04854
REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 77

FIXED NS1600-NT
KH016CB
KH0
04861
FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR NW
77
04863
REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR NW
77
04871
CANALIS COVER
77
12 ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS, H=24 MM,

W=432 MM
110

W=180 MM
110

W=650 MM
110
08000
08903
08905
08907
13000
13940
BLANKING PLATES, SET OF 10X5 MODULES 110

FORR KAEDRA
30000
33596
ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NS, 3P
77
33597
ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NS, 4P
77
40000
47335
ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NT, 3P
77
47336
ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NT, 4P
77
DBA 115 INSTALLATION KIT FOR KT BBT

800/4000A TDC
79
87801
DBA 115 INSTALLATION KIT FOR KT BBT

800/3200A RC
79
87811

800/1600A 3P TDC
87812

800/1600A 4P TDC
80000
87800
DEBU024EN_Index.indd
CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD
127
KH016CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD
127
KH018CB
127
127
KH018CB86NS
CONNECTING LINKS TAP OFF BOX SB

NS1000
128
KH025SB131
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 250 T2 N1
127
KH025SB132
127
KH025SB141
KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 250 T2 N1
127
KH025SB142
127
KH025SD14
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE FUSES 250 T2
123
KH025SD15
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN FUSES 250 T2
123
KH025SD541
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE NSX250
122
KH025SD542
122
KH025SD551
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN NSX250
122
KH025SD552
122
KH025SD85

250 T1
124
KH025SE341
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE INTER FUSES

250 T1
126
KH025SE351
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN INTER FUSES 250

T1
126
KH025ZA05
CABLE BOX 1 HOLE FOR KH025SE
126
KH026CB
127
127
KH028CB86NS

NS1000
128
KH036CB
127
127
KH038CB86NS

NS1000
128
KH040SD85

400 T2
124
KH040SD9502
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT PEHLA 400

T2
125
KH040SE341

400 T2
126
version: 1.1
Index
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KH040SE351

T2
126
KSB160SE4
TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A FUSE T00
106, 108
KSB160SE5
106, 108
KH040ZA05
126
KSB160SF4
106
KH040ZA06
CABLE BOX 2 HOLES FOR KH040SE
126
KSB160SF5
106
KH046CB
127
KSB160SG4
TAP-OFF UNIT 160 A FUSE BS88
109
127
KSB160SM413
TAP-OFF UNIT NG 160 A
102
KH048CB86NS

NS1000
128
KSB160SM513
TAP-OFF UNIT NG 160 A
102
127
KSB250DC4
TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A COMPACT NS
103
KH056CB
KH056CB311571 CANAL ELEC EQUIP ECLIS COF 1000A
127
KH058CB86NS

NS1000
128
KH063SB131
KH063SB132
KH063SB141
KSB250DC4TRE TAP-OFF UNIT 250 A COMPACT NS TRE
104
KSB250DC5
103
104
127
KSB250SE4
106, 108
127
KSB250SE5
106, 108
127
KSB400DC4
103
104
103
KH063SB142
127
KH063SD14
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE FUSES 630 T3
123
KSB400DC5
KH063SD15
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN FUSES 630 T3
123
103
106, 108
106, 108
KH063SD541
122
KSB400SE4
KH063SD541
122
KSB400SE5
KH063SD551
122
KSB400ZC1
TAP-OFF UNIT DOOR MICROSWITCH 400 A 110
KH063SD552
122
KH063SD85

630 T3
124
KH063SD9502
KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT PEHLA 630

T3
125
KH063SE341

630 T3
126
KH063SE351

T3
126
EXTENDED REMOTE HANDLE FOR TOU

FUPACT KH0XXSE3X1
126
KH063ZA05
KH063ZA06
KTB
KTB0000CR4
KT VERT COVER FEED EL N1 TO 4
92
KTB0000CR5
KT HORI COVER FEED EL N1 TO 4
92
KTB0000YB1
KT BOLT SNAP-OF HEAD
96
KTB0000YB2
KT SCREWS M12X60 NUTS & PLATES
96
KTB0000YB3
KT SCREWS M12X60 & TORQUE NUTS
96
KTB0000YB4
KT SCREWS M12X80 & TORQUE NUTS
96
KTB0000YC1
KT FLEXIBLE LINK L600 4
94
KTB0000YC2
KT FLEXIBLE LINK L250A600 8
94
126
KTB0000YC3
KT WAVY FLEXIBLE LINK L400 4
94
CABLE BOX 2 HOLES FOR KH063SE
126
KTB0000YC4
KT WAVY FLEXIBLE LINK L400 8
94
KH063ZA10
CABLE GLAND 185 A 240 MM2
126
KTB0000YC5
KT INSULATED FLEX LINK L1000 4
94
KH086SB131
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS T4 1000 N1
127
KTB0000YE1
KT L PLATE 160
91
KH086SB132
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS T4 1000 N2
127
KTB0000YE2
KT L PLATE 200
91
KH086SB141
127
KTB0000YF1
KT INSULATING SHEATH
95
KH086SB142
127
KTB0000YS1
KT SUPPORT FOR BARS DBA115
97
KH086SB5311
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE NS1000 N1
128
KTB0000YS2
KT CLAMP 100
97
KH086SB5312
KH FIXED BOX 3L PE NS1000 N2
128
KTB0000YS3
KT CLAMP 120
97
KH086SB5411
KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE NS1000 T4 N1
128
KTB0000YT1
KT BRAID 600MM2 L400 8
95
KH086SB5412
KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE NS1000 T4 N2
128
KTB0000ZA1
KT HORI FIXING BRACKED
98
KTB0000ZA3
KT FIXING GRIP
98
KTB074CF6
KT FIRE BARRIER KIT H74 L650
100
KH063ZA03
KSB
KSB25SD4
TAP-OFF UNIT 25 A FUSE E27
107
KTB0074FA
KT END COVER H74
70
KSB25SD5
107
KTB0074TT01
KT KT ROOF PLATE H74
79
KSB32SG4
CONNECTOR 32 A FUSE BS88A1
109
KTB0074ZA4
KT HORI TOP BRACKED H74
98
KSB50SF4
TAP-OFF UNIT 50 A FUSE 14X51
105
KTB0104CF6
100
KSB50SF5
105
KTB0104FA
KT END COVER H104
70
KSB50SN4
107
KTB0104TT01
79
KSB50SN5
107
KTB0124CF6
100
KSB63SD4
107
KTB0124FA
KT END COVER H124
70
KSB63SD5
107
KTB0124TT01
79
KSB63SM48
TAP-OFF UNIT 63 A 8 MODULES
101
KTB0164CF6
100
KSB63SM58
101
KTB0164FA
KT END COVER H164
70
KSB80SG4
TAP-OFF UNIT 80 A FUSE BS88A1
109
KTB0164PE1
KT END COVER H164
76, 78, 79
KSB100SE4
106, 108
KTB0164TT01
79
KSB100SE5
106, 108
KTB0164ZA5
KT VERT FIXING BRACKED H74A164
99
KSB100SF4
105
KTB0204CF6
100
KSB100SF5
105
KTB0204FA
KT END COVER H204
70
KSB100SM412
101
KTB0204TT01
79
KSB100SM512
101
KTB0204ZA5
KT VERT FIXING BRACKED H204
99
KSB160DC4
103
KTB0230BC01
KT CABLES BOX Y230
87
KSB160DC5
103
KTB0230CR1
KT HORI COVER FEED ER Y230
84
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTB0230CR2
KT HIGH VERT COVER FEED Y230
85
KTC1000CP41
KT 4X1000CO FLAT EDGEWISE N1
75
KTB0230CR3
KT LOW VERT COVER FEED Y230
85
KTC1000CP42
75
KTB0230CR6
KT HORI COVER FEED EL N5 Y230
93
KTC1000CP43
75
KTB0230CR7
KT HORI COVER FOR OIL TR Y230
86
KTC1000CP44
75
KTB0230CR8
KT VERT COVER FOR OIL TR Y230
86
KTC1000CP51
75
KTB0230CS0
KT FLEXIBLE COVER Y230 E115
87
KTC1000CP52
75
KTB0244CF6
100
KTC1000CP53
75
KTB0244FA
KT END COVER H244
70
KTC1000CP54
75
KTB0244PE1
KT END COVER H244
76, 78, 79
KTC1000CP71
75
KTB0244TT01
79
KTC1000CP72
75
KTB0244ZA5
99
KTC1000CP73
75
KTB0324CF6
100
KTC1000CP74
75
KTB0324FA
KT END COVER H324
70
KTC1000DB310 KT 3X1000CO EXPANSION UNIT
69
KTB0324TT01
79
69
KTB0324ZA5
99
69
KTB0350BC01
KT CABLES BOX Y350
87
69
KTB0350CR1
84
KTC1000EB320 KT 3X1000CO BOLT ON LENGTH 2M
67
KTB0350CR2
85
67
KTB0350CR3
85
67
KTB0350CR6
93
67
KTB0350CR7
86
67
KTB0350CR8
86
67
KTB0350CS0
87
67
KTB0350HT01
KT CONNECTION KHF KGF Y350 N1
118
67
KTB0350HT02
118
KTC1000ED320 KT 3X1000CO PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M
66
KTB0404CF6
100
66
KTB0404FA
KT END COVER H404
70
66
KTB0404PE1
KT END COVER H404
76, 78, 79
66
KTB0404TT01
79
66
KTB0404ZA4
KT HORI TOP BRACKED H104 A 404
98
66
KTB0404ZA5
99
66
KTB0510BC01
KT CABLES BOX Y510
87
66
KTB0510CR1
84
KTC1000EH320 KT 3X1000CO KH PLUG-IN LENGTH 2M
68
KTB0510CR2
85
68
KTB0510CR3
85
68
KTB0510CR6
93
68
KTB0510CR7
86
68
KTB0510CR8
86
68
KTB0510CS0
87
KTC1000EL31
KT 3X1000CO FEED UNIT EL N1
88
KTB0510HT01
118
KTC1000EL32
88
KTB0510HT02
118
KTC1000EL33
89
KTB0510HT03
118
KTC1000EL34
89
KTB0630CB3
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PE NS630
111
KTC1000EL35
90
KTB0630CB4
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L N PE NS630
111
KTC1000EL41
88
KTB0630CB5
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PEN NS630
111
KTC1000EL42
88
KTB0630HF3
KT COFF 3L PE FUS SWITCH 630
112
KTC1000EL43
89
KTB0630HF4
KT COFF 3L N PE FUS SWITCH 630
112
KTC1000EL44
89
KTB0630HF5
KT COFF 3L PEN FUS SWITCH 630
112
KTC1000EL45
90
KTB1000CB3
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PE NS1000
111
KTC1000EL51
88
KTB1000CB4
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L N PE NS1000
111
KTC1000EL52
88
KTB1000CB5
KT FIXED TAP-OFF 3L PEN NS1000
111
KTC1000EL53
89
KTB1000HF3
KT COFF 3L PE FUS SWITCH 1000
112
KTC1000EL54
89
KTB1000HF4
KT COFF 3L N PE FUS SWITCH 1000
112
KTC1000EL55
90
KTB1000HF5
KT COFF 3L PEN FUS SWITCH 1000
112
KTC1000EL71
88
KTB1250CB3
KT COFF BOULO 3L PEN NS1000
111
KTC1000EL72
88
KTB1250CB4
111
KTC1000EL73
89
KTB1250CB5
111
KTC1000EL74
89
KTC1000EL75
90
KTC1000
KTC1000ER31
KT 3X1000CO FEED UNIT ER N1
80
KTC1000CP31
75
KTC1000ER32
80
KTC1000CP32
75
KTC1000ER33
81
KTC1000CP33
75
KTC1000ER34
81
75
KTC1000ER35
82
KTC1000CP34
version: 1.1
Index
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
KTC1000ER36
82
KTC1000LP4A2 KT 4X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N2
71
KTC1000ER37
83
KTC1000LP4B1 KT 4X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N1
71
KTC1000ER41
80
71
KTC1000ER42
80
KTC1000LP4C1 KT 4X1000CO FLAT ELBOW N1
71
KTC1000ER43
81
71
KTC1000ER44
81
71
KTC1000ER45
82
71
KTC1000ER46
82
71
KTC1000ER47
83
71
KTC1000ER51
80
71
KTC1000ER52
80
71
KTC1000ER53
81
71
KTC1000ER54
81
71
KTC1000ER55
82
71
KTC1000ER56
82
71
KTC1000ER57
83
71
KTC1000ER71
80
71
KTC1000ER72
80
KTC1000PL31
KT 3X1000CO LINE PROTECTOR NS
115
KTC1000ER73
81
KTC1000PL41
115
KTC1000ER74
81
KTC1000PL51
115
KTC1000ER75
82
KTC1000PL71
115
KTC1000ER76
82
KTC1000SL31
KT 3X1000CO ISOLATOR UNIT NA
113
KTC1000ER77
83
KTC1000SL41
113
KTC1000ET31A KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH
66
KTC1000SL51
113
KTC1000ET320
66
KTC1000SL71
113
KTC1000ET32B KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH
66
KTC1000TC3
KT 3X1000CO TEE ON EDGE
73
KTC1000ET32C KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH
66
KTC1000TC4
73
KTC1000ET33D KT 3X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH
66
KTC1000TC5
73
KTC1000ET340
66
KTC1000TC7
73
66
KTC1000TN410
KT 4X1000CO NEUTRAL PERMUTA
69
KTC1000ET420
66
KTC1000TP410
KT 4X1000CO PHASES PERMUTA
69
66
KTC1000YA3
KT 3X1000CO JUNCTION BLOC
70
66
KTC1000YA4
70
66
KTC1000ZC31
KT 3X1000CO EDGEWISE ZED N1
74
KTC1000ET440
66
KTC1000ZC32
74
66
KTC1000ZC41
74
KTC1000ET520
66
KTC1000ZC42
74
66
KTC1000ZC51
74
66
KTC1000ZC52
74
66
KTC1000ZC71
74
KTC1000ET540
66
KTC1000ZC72
74
66
KTC1000ZP3
KT 3X1000CO ZED ON FLAT
74
KTC1000ET720
66
KTC1000ZP4
74
66
KTC1000ZP5
74
66
KTC1000ZP7
74
66
KTC1000ET740
KT 5X1000CO FEEDER LENGTH 4M
66
KTC1350
KTC1000LC3A
KT 3X1000CO EDGEWISE ELBOW
72
KTC1350CP31
75
KTC1000LC3B
72
KTC1350CP32
75
KTC1000LC4A
72
KTC1350CP33
75
KTC1000LC4B
72
KTC1350CP34
75
KTC1000LC5A
72
KTC1350CP41
75
KTC1000LC5B
72
KTC1350CP42
75
KTC1000LC7A
72
KTC1350CP43
75
KTC1000LC7B
72
KTC1350CP44
75
71
KTC1350CP51
75
71
KTC1350CP52
75
71
KTC1350CP53
75
71
KTC1350CP54
75
71
KTC1350CP71
75
71
KTC1350CP72
75
71
KTC1350CP73
75
71
KTC1350CP74
75



Designations
version: 1.1
Pages
Cat. no.
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Designations
69
KTC1350ER54
81
69
KTC1350ER55
82
69
KTC1350ER56
82
69
KTC1350ER57
83
67
KTC1350ER71
80
67
KTC1350ER72
80
67
KTC1350ER73
81
67
KTC1350ER74
81
67
KTC1350ER75
82
67
KTC1350ER76
82
67
KTC1350ER77
83
67
66
66
KTC1350ET320
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
KTC1350ET340
66
66
66
66
KTC1350ET420
66
66
66
68
66
68
66
68
KTC1350ET440
66
68
66
68
KTC1350ET520
66
68
66
KTC1350EL31
88
66
KTC1350EL32
88
66
66


KTC1350EL33
89
KTC1350ET540
KTC1350EL34
89
66
KTC1350EL35
90
KTC1350ET720
66
66
KTC1350EL41
88
KTC1350EL42
88
66
KTC1350EL43
89
66
66
KTC1350EL44
89
KTC1350ET740
KTC1350EL45
90
KTC1350LC3A
72
KTC1350EL51
88
KTC1350LC3B
72
72
KTC1350EL52
88
KTC1350LC4A
KTC1350EL53
89
KTC1350LC4B
72
KTC1350EL54
89
KTC1350LC5A
72
72
KTC1350EL55
90
KTC1350LC5B
KTC1350EL71
88
KTC1350LC7A
72
KTC1350EL72
88
KTC1350LC7B
72
89
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
KTC1350EL73
KTC1350EL74
89
KTC1350EL75
90
KTC1350ER31
80
KTC1350ER32
80
KTC1350ER33
81
KTC1350ER34
81
KTC1350ER35
82
KTC1350ER36
82
KTC1350ER37
83
KTC1350ER41
80
KTC1350ER42
80
KTC1350ER43
81
KTC1350ER44
81
KTC1350ER45
82
KTC1350ER46
82
KTC1350ER47
83
KTC1350ER51
80
KTC1350ER52
80
KTC1350ER53
81
version: 1.1
Index
Cat. no.
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
71
66
71
66
71
66
71
66
KTC1350PL31
115
66
KTC1350PL41
115
66
KTC1350PL51
115
66
KTC1350PL71
115
68
KTC1350SL31
113
68
KTC1350SL41
113
68
KTC1350SL51
113
68
KTC1350SL71
113
68
KTC1350TC3
73
68
KTC1350TC4
73
KTC1600EL31
88
KTC1350TC5
73
KTC1600EL32
88
KTC1350TC7
73
KTC1600EL33
89
KTC1350TN410
69
KTC1600EL34
89
KTC1350TP410
69
KTC1600EL35
90
KTC1350YA3
70
KTC1600EL41
88
KTC1350YA4
70
KTC1600EL42
88
KTC1350ZC31
74
KTC1600EL43
89
KTC1350ZC32
74
KTC1600EL44
89
KTC1350ZC41
74
KTC1600EL45
90
KTC1350ZC42
74
KTC1600EL51
88
KTC1350ZC51
74
KTC1600EL52
88
KTC1350ZC52
74
KTC1600EL53
89
KTC1350ZC71
74
KTC1600EL54
89
KTC1350ZC72
74
KTC1600EL55
90
KTC1350ZP3
74
KTC1600EL71
88
KTC1350ZP4
74
KTC1600EL72
88
KTC1350ZP5
74
KTC1600EL73
89
KTC1350ZP7
74
KTC1600EL74
89
KTC1600EL75
90
KTC1600ER31
80
KTC1600
Designations
Pages
KTC1600CP31
75
KTC1600ER32
80
KTC1600CP32
75
KTC1600ER33
81
KTC1600CP33
75
KTC1600ER34
81
KTC1600CP34
75
KTC1600ER35
82
KTC1600CP41
75
KTC1600ER36
82
KTC1600CP42
75
KTC1600ER37
83
KTC1600CP43
75
KTC1600ER41
80
KTC1600CP44
75
KTC1600ER42
80
KTC1600CP51
75
KTC1600ER43
81
KTC1600CP52
75
KTC1600ER44
81
KTC1600CP53
75
KTC1600ER45
82
KTC1600CP54
75
KTC1600ER46
82
KTC1600CP71
75
KTC1600ER47
83
KTC1600CP72
75
KTC1600ER51
80
KTC1600CP73
75
KTC1600ER52
80
KTC1600CP74
75
KTC1600ER53
81
69
KTC1600ER54
81
69
KTC1600ER55
82
69
KTC1600ER56
82
69
KTC1600ER57
83
67
KTC1600ER71
80
67
KTC1600ER72
80
67
KTC1600ER73
81
67
KTC1600ER74
81
67
KTC1600ER75
82
67
KTC1600ER76
82
67
KTC1600ER77
83
67
66
66
KTC1600ET320
66
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Designations
66
KTC1600TC4
73
66
KTC1600TC5
73
66
KTC1600TC7
73
KTC1600ET340
66
KTC1600TN410
69
66
KTC1600TP410
69
KTC1600ET420
66
KTC1600YA3
70
66
KTC1600YA4
70
66
KTC1600ZC31
74
66
KTC1600ZC32
74
KTC1600ET440
66
KTC1600ZC41
74
66
KTC1600ZC42
74
KTC1600ET520
66
KTC1600ZC51
74
66
KTC1600ZC52
74
66
KTC1600ZC71
74
66
KTC1600ZC72
74
KTC1600ET540
66
KTC1600ZP3
74
66
KTC1600ZP4
74
KTC1600ET720
66
KTC1600ZP5
74
66
KTC1600ZP7
74
66
66
KTC2000
KTC1600ET740
66
KTC2000CP31
75
KTC1600LC3A
72
KTC2000CP32
75
KTC1600LC3B
72
KTC2000CP33
75
KTC1600LC4A
72
KTC2000CP34
75
KTC1600LC4B
72
KTC2000CP41
75
KTC1600LC5A
72
KTC2000CP42
75
KTC1600LC5B
72
KTC2000CP43
75
KTC1600LC7A
72
KTC2000CP44
75
KTC1600LC7B
72
KTC2000CP51
75
71
KTC2000CP52
75
71
KTC2000CP53
75
71
KTC2000CP54
75
71
KTC2000CP71
75
71
KTC2000CP72
75
71
KTC2000CP73
75
71
KTC2000CP74
75
71
69
71
69
71
69
71
69
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
66
71
66
71
66
71
66
71
66
KTC1600PL31
115
66
KTC1600PL41
115
68
KTC1600PL51
115
68
KTC1600PL71
115
68
KTC1600SL31
113
68
KTC1600SL41
113
68
KTC1600SL51
113
68
KTC1600SL71
113
KTC2000EL31
88
KTC1600TC3
73
KTC2000EL32
88



version: 1.1
Index
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTC2000EL33
89
KTC2000ET540
66
KTC2000EL34
89
66
KTC2000EL35
90
KTC2000ET720
66
KTC2000EL41
88
66
KTC2000EL42
88
66
KTC2000EL43
89
66
KTC2000EL44
89
KTC2000ET740
66
KTC2000EL45
90
KTC2000LC3A
72
KTC2000EL51
88
KTC2000LC3B
72
KTC2000EL52
88
KTC2000LC4A
72
KTC2000EL53
89
KTC2000LC4B
72
KTC2000EL54
89
KTC2000LC5A
72
KTC2000EL55
90
KTC2000LC5B
72
KTC2000EL71
88
KTC2000LC7A
72
KTC2000EL72
88
KTC2000LC7B
72
KTC2000EL73
89
71
KTC2000EL74
89
71
KTC2000EL75
90
71
KTC2000ER31
80
71
KTC2000ER32
80
71
KTC2000ER33
81
71
KTC2000ER34
81
71
KTC2000ER35
82
71
KTC2000ER36
82
71
KTC2000ER37
83
71
KTC2000ER41
80
71
KTC2000ER42
80
71
KTC2000ER43
81
71
KTC2000ER44
81
71
KTC2000ER45
82
71
KTC2000ER46
82
71
KTC2000ER47
83
71
KTC2000ER51
80
71
KTC2000ER52
80
71
KTC2000ER53
81
71
KTC2000ER54
81
71
KTC2000ER55
82
71
KTC2000ER56
82
71
KTC2000ER57
83
71
KTC2000ER71
80
71
KTC2000ER72
80
KTC2000SL31
KT 3X2000CO ISOLATOR UNIT INV
113
KTC2000ER73
81
KTC2000SL41
113
KTC2000ER74
81
KTC2000SL51
113
KTC2000ER75
82
KTC2000SL71
113
KTC2000ER76
82
KTC2000TC3
73
KTC2000ER77
83
KTC2000TC4
73
66
KTC2000TC5
73
KTC2000ET320
66
KTC2000TC7
73
66
KTC2000TN410
69
66
KTC2000TP410
69
66
KTC2000YA3
70
KTC2000ET340
66
KTC2000YA4
70
66
KTC2000ZC31
74
KTC2000ET420
66
KTC2000ZC32
74
66
KTC2000ZC41
74
66
KTC2000ZC42
74
66
KTC2000ZC51
74
KTC2000ET440
66
KTC2000ZC52
74
66
KTC2000ZC71
74
KTC2000ET520
66
KTC2000ZC72
74
66
KTC2000ZP3
74
66
KTC2000ZP4
74
66
KTC2000ZP5
74
10


version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTC2000ZP7
74
KTC2500EL74
89
KTC2500EL75
90
KTC2500ER31
80
75
KTC2500ER32
80
81
KTC2500
KTC2500CP31
KTC2500CP32
75
KTC2500ER33
KTC2500CP33
75
KTC2500ER34
81
KTC2500CP34
75
KTC2500ER35
82
82
KTC2500CP41
75
KTC2500ER36
KTC2500CP42
75
KTC2500ER37
83
KTC2500CP43
75
KTC2500ER41
80
80
KTC2500CP44
75
KTC2500ER42
KTC2500CP51
75
KTC2500ER43
81
KTC2500CP52
75
KTC2500ER44
81
KTC2500CP53
75
KTC2500ER45
82
KTC2500CP54
75
KTC2500ER46
82
KTC2500CP71
75
KTC2500ER47
83
KTC2500CP72
75
KTC2500ER51
80
80
KTC2500CP73
75
KTC2500ER52
KTC2500CP74
75
KTC2500ER53
81
69
KTC2500ER54
81
69
KTC2500ER55
82
69
KTC2500ER56
82
69
KTC2500ER57
83
67
KTC2500ER71
80
67
KTC2500ER72
80
67
KTC2500ER73
81
67
KTC2500ER74
81
67
KTC2500ER75
82
67
KTC2500ER76
82
67
KTC2500ER77
83
67
66
66
KTC2500ET320
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
KTC2500ET340
66
66
66
66
KTC2500ET420
66
66
66
68
66
68
66
68
KTC2500ET440
66
68
66
68
KTC2500ET520
66
68
66
KTC2500EL31
88
66
66
66


KTC2500EL32
88
KTC2500EL33
89
KTC2500ET540
KTC2500EL34
89
66
66
KTC2500EL35
90
KTC2500ET720
KTC2500EL41
88
66
KTC2500EL42
88
66
66
KTC2500EL43
89
KTC2500EL44
89
KTC2500ET740
66
KTC2500EL45
90
KTC2500LC3A
72
KTC2500EL51
88
KTC2500LC3B
72
72
KTC2500EL52
88
KTC2500LC4A
KTC2500EL53
89
KTC2500LC4B
72
KTC2500EL54
89
KTC2500LC5A
72
72
KTC2500EL55
90
KTC2500LC5B
KTC2500EL71
88
KTC2500LC7A
72
KTC2500EL72
88
KTC2500LC7B
72
89
KTC2500EL73
version: 1.1
71
11
Index of catalogue number
Index
Cat. no.
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Designations
71
KTC3200CP72
75
71
KTC3200CP73
75
71
KTC3200CP74
75
71
69
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
66
71
66
71
66
71
66
71
66
71
66
71
66
71
66
71
68
KTC2500SL31
113
68
KTC2500SL41
113
68
KTC2500SL51
113
68
KTC2500SL71
113
68
KTC2500TC3
73
68
KTC2500TC4
73
KTC3200EL31
88
KTC2500TC5
73
KTC3200EL32
88
KTC2500TC7
73
KTC3200EL33
89
KTC2500TN410
69
KTC3200EL34
89
KTC2500TP410
69
KTC3200EL35
90
KTC2500YA3
70
KTC3200EL41
88
KTC2500YA4
70
KTC3200EL42
88
KTC2500ZC31
74
KTC3200EL43
89
KTC2500ZC32
74
KTC3200EL44
89
KTC2500ZC41
74
KTC3200EL45
90
KTC2500ZC42
74
KTC3200EL51
88
KTC2500ZC51
74
KTC3200EL52
88
KTC2500ZC52
74
KTC3200EL53
89
KTC2500ZC71
74
KTC3200EL54
89
KTC2500ZC72
74
KTC3200EL55
90
KTC2500ZP3
74
KTC3200EL71
88
KTC2500ZP4
74
KTC3200EL72
88
KTC2500ZP5
74
KTC3200EL73
89
KTC2500ZP7
74
KTC3200EL74
89
KTC3200EL75
90
KTC3200ER31
80
KTC3200
KTC3200CP31
75
KTC3200ER32
80
KTC3200CP32
75
KTC3200ER33
81
81
KTC3200CP33
75
KTC3200ER34
KTC3200CP34
75
KTC3200ER35
82
KTC3200CP41
75
KTC3200ER36
82
KTC3200CP42
75
KTC3200ER37
83
KTC3200CP43
75
KTC3200ER41
80
KTC3200CP44
75
KTC3200ER42
80
KTC3200CP51
75
KTC3200ER43
81
81
KTC3200CP52
75
KTC3200ER44
KTC3200CP53
75
KTC3200ER45
82
KTC3200CP54
75
KTC3200ER46
82
75
KTC3200ER47
83
KTC3200CP71
12
version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
KTC3200ER51
80
71
KTC3200ER52
80
71
KTC3200ER53
81
71
KTC3200ER54
81
71
KTC3200ER55
82
71
KTC3200ER56
82
71
KTC3200ER57
83
71
KTC3200ER71
80
71
KTC3200ER72
80
KTC3200SL31
KT 3X3200CO ISOLATOR UNIT NW
114
KTC3200ER73
81
KTC3200SL41
114
KTC3200ER74
81
KTC3200SL51
114
KTC3200ER75
82
KTC3200SL71
11
KTC3200ER76
82
KTC3200TC3
73
KTC3200ER77
83
KTC3200TC4
73
66
KTC3200TC5
73
KTC3200ET320
66
KTC3200TC7
73
66
KTC3200TN410
69
66
KTC3200TP410
69
66
KTC3200YA3
70
KTC3200ET340
66
KTC3200YA4
70
66
KTC3200ZC31
74
KTC3200ET420
66
KTC3200ZC32
74
66
KTC3200ZC41
74
66
KTC3200ZC42
74
66
KTC3200ZC51
74
KTC3200ET440
66
KTC3200ZC52
74
66
KTC3200ZC71
74
KTC3200ET520
66
KTC3200ZC72
74
66
KTC3200ZP3
74
66
KTC3200ZP4
74
66
KTC3200ZP5
74
KTC3200ET540
66
KTC3200ZP7
74


66
KTC3200ET720
Designations
Pages
66
KTC4000
66
KTC4000CP31
75
66
KTC4000CP32
75
66
KTC4000CP33
75
KTC3200ET740
66
KTC4000CP34
75
KTC3200LC3A
72
KTC4000CP41
75
KTC3200LC3B
72
KTC4000CP42
75
KTC3200LC4A
72
KTC4000CP43
75
KTC3200LC4B
72
KTC4000CP44
75
KTC3200LC5A
72
KTC4000CP51
75
KTC3200LC5B
72
KTC4000CP52
75
KTC3200LC7A
72
KTC4000CP53
75
KTC3200LC7B
72
KTC4000CP54
75
71
KTC4000CP71
75
71
KTC4000CP72
75
71
KTC4000CP73
75
71
KTC4000CP74
75
71
69
71
69
71
69
71
69
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
67
71
66
version: 1.1
13
Cat. no.
Pages
Cat. no.
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
KTC4000ET340
66
66
66
66
KTC4000ET420
66
66
66
68
66
68
66
68
KTC4000ET440
66
68
66
68
KTC4000ET520
66
68
66
KTC4000EL31
88
66
KTC4000EL32
88
66
KTC4000EL33
89
KTC4000ET540
66
KTC4000EL34
89
66
KTC4000EL35
90
KTC4000ET720
66
KTC4000EL41
88
66
KTC4000EL42
88
66
KTC4000EL43
89
66
KTC4000EL44
89
KTC4000ET740
66
KTC4000EL45
90
KTC4000LC3A
72
KTC4000EL51
88
KTC4000LC3B
72
KTC4000EL52
88
KTC4000LC4A
72
KTC4000EL53
89
KTC4000LC4B
72
KTC4000EL54
89
KTC4000LC5A
72
KTC4000EL55
90
KTC4000LC5B
72
KTC4000EL71
88
KTC4000LC7A
72
KTC4000EL72
88
KTC4000LC7B
72
KTC4000EL73
89
71
KTC4000EL74
89
71
KTC4000EL75
90
71
KTC4000ER31
80
71
KTC4000ER32
80
71
KTC4000ER33
81
71
KTC4000ER34
81
71
KTC4000ER35
82
71
KTC4000ER36
82
71
KTC4000ER37
83
71
KTC4000ER41
80
71
KTC4000ER42
80
71
KTC4000ER43
81
71
KTC4000ER44
81
71
KTC4000ER45
82
71
KTC4000ER46
82
71
KTC4000ER47
83
71
KTC4000ER51
80
71
KTC4000ER52
80
71
KTC4000ER53
81
71
KTC4000ER54
81
71
KTC4000ER55
82
71
KTC4000ER56
82
71
KTC4000ER57
83
71
KTC4000ER71
80
71
KTC4000ER72
80
KTC4000TC3
73
KTC4000ER73
81
KTC4000TC4
73
KTC4000ER74
81
KTC4000TC5
73
KTC4000ER75
82
KTC4000TC7
73
KTC4000ER76
82
KTC4000TN410
69
KTC4000ER77
83
KTC4000TP410
69
66
KTC4000YA3
70
KTC4000ET320
66
KTC4000YA4
70
14
Designations
Designations
Pages



version: 1.1
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
KTC4000ZC31
74
KTC5000EL43
89
KTC4000ZC32
74
KTC5000EL44
89
KTC4000ZC41
74
KTC5000EL45
90
KTC4000ZC42
74
KTC5000EL51
88
KTC4000ZC51
74
KTC5000EL52
88
KTC4000ZC52
74
KTC5000EL53
89
KTC4000ZC71
74
KTC5000EL54
89
KTC4000ZC72
74
KTC5000EL55
90
KTC4000ZP3
74
KTC5000EL71
88
KTC4000ZP4
74
KTC5000EL72
88
KTC4000ZP5
74
KTC5000EL73
89
KTC4000ZP7
74
KTC5000EL74
89
KTC5000EL75
90
KTC5000ER31
80
KTC5000
KTC5000CP31
75
KTC5000ER32
80
KTC5000CP32
75
KTC5000ER33
81
KTC5000CP33
75
KTC5000ER34
81
82
KTC5000CP34
75
KTC5000ER35
KTC5000CP41
75
KTC5000ER36
82
KTC5000CP42
75
KTC5000ER37
83
80
KTC5000CP43
75
KTC5000ER41
KTC5000CP44
75
KTC5000ER42
80
KTC5000CP51
75
KTC5000ER43
81
81
KTC5000CP52
75
KTC5000ER44
KTC5000CP53
75
KTC5000ER45
82
KTC5000CP54
75
KTC5000ER46
82
KTC5000CP71
75
KTC5000ER47
83
KTC5000CP72
75
KTC5000ER51
80
KTC5000CP73
75
KTC5000ER52
80
KTC5000CP74
75
KTC5000ER53
81
69
KTC5000ER54
81
69
KTC5000ER55
82
KTC5000DB510 KT5X5000CO EXPANSION UNIT
69
KTC5000ER56
82
KTC5000DB710 KT5X5000CO EXPANSION UNIT
69
KTC5000ER57
83
67
KTC5000ER71
80
67
KTC5000ER72
80
67
KTC5000ER73
81
67
KTC5000ER74
81
67
KTC5000ER75
82
67
KTC5000ER76
82
67
KTC5000ER77
83
67
66
66
KTC5000ET320
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
66
KTC5000ET340
66
66
66
66
KTC5000ET420
66
66
66
68
66
68
66
68
KTC5000ET440
66
68
66
68
KTC5000ET520
66
68
66
KTC5000EL31
88
66
KTC5000EL32
88
66
KTC5000EL33
89
KTC5000ET540
66
66
66


KTC5000EL34
89
KTC5000EL35
90
KTC5000ET720
KTC5000EL41
88
66
88
66
KTC5000EL42
version: 1.1
15
Cat. no.
Designations
Pages
66
KTC5000ET740
66
KTC5000LC3A
72
KTC5000LC3B
72
KTC5000LC4A
72
KTC5000LC4B
72
KTC5000LC5A
72
KTC5000LC5B
72
KTC5000LC7A
72
KTC5000LC7B
72
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
71
KTC5000TC3
73
KTC5000TC4
73
KTC5000TC5
73
KTC5000TC7
73
KTC5000TN410
69
KTC5000TP410
69
KTC5000YA3
70
KTC5000YA4
70
KTC5000ZC31
KT 3X5000CO EDGEWISE ZED N 1
74
KTC5000ZC32
74
KTC5000ZC41
74
KTC5000ZC42
74
KTC5000ZC51
74
KTC5000ZC52
74
KTC5000ZC71
74
KTC5000ZC72
74
KTC5000ZP3
74
KTC5000ZP4
74
KTC5000ZP5
74
KTC5000ZP7
74
16
Cat. no.
Designations
version: 1.1
Pages
Canalis is evolving
to meet your needs
Introduction
PD202382-m_r
Canalis on its second world tour

b
b
b
b
b
To better meet your needs, Canalis extends its system solutions.

New low and medium power busbar trunking products.
Pre-equipped luminaires.
Strip lighting.
Specially designed cable trays.
A total coordination with the

Schneider Electric system
Canalis is now part of a comprehensive offering of Schneider Electric products
designed to operate together. This concept covers all low and medium
voltage electrical distribution components. The result is an optimised electrical
installation with even higher performance through full electrical, mechanical and
communication compatibility.
With the new Canalis range, you get a complete, tested distribution solution
that complies with standards. It is perfectly suited to traditional applications
(factories, warehouses, etc.) and to the distribution of electrical power from the
incoming transformer on through to all types of loads in offices, commercial
premises, laboratories, etc.
More than 50,000 km of Canalis busbar trunking has been

sold around the world.
Canalis KT is changing to provide you

with
PD202088-104_r
b more flexibility
b ease of connection with the plug and play transformer and switchboard
connections
b more assistance. Our teams will assist you throughout your project.
Canalis moves forward without changing

the way you work
The new Canalis range is fully compatible with the existing range.
An existing installation can be upgraded without any problem.
K9CE01010.indd
version: 1.1
17
For each distribution system

its own Canalis
DD205848
Distribution systems
Schneider Electric offers different distribution systems to fit your operating needs.
Centralised distribution
b
v
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
For all continuous processes:

cement plants
oil and gas
petrochemicals
steel
paper, etc.
Centralised distribution offers:
continuity of service
combined distribution of power, control and monitoring circuits
supervision, etc.
DD205849
Our solutions:
b Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards.
Decentralised distribution
b
v
v
v
v
v
v
v
b
v
v
v
v
For manufacturing industries:

mechanical
textiles
lumber
injection moulding
electronics
pharmaceuticals
livestock, etc.
Decentralised distribution lets you:
design installations without layout details
upgrade without shutting down production
get systems up and running sooner thanks to faster installation
generate savings depending on the number of loads.
DD205850
Our solutions:
b Prisma Plus switchboards
b Canalis busbar trunking.
Combined distribution
Where the advantages of both centralised and decentralised distribution are
required.
b Commercial and service buildings:
v offices
v stores
v hospitals
v exhibition halls, etc.
b Infrastructures:
v airports
v telecommunications
v internet data centres
v tunnels, etc.
b Industrial facilities:
v pharmaceuticals
v food processing, etc.
Our solutions:
b Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards
b Canalis busbar trunking.
18
version: 1.1
K9CE01020.indd
Electrical power available at all points,throughout the

installation.
The Canalis decentralised

distribution concept
PD202427_r
Exclusive features of the Schneider Electric system
Total coordination of the Schneider Electric system provides maximum safety of life
and property, continuity of service, upgradeability and ease of installation.
Total coordination is made easy by the tables in the Selection Guide. They help
you chose the right combination of circuit breakers and busbar trunking.
Product characteristics are checked by calculations and tests carried out in our
laboratories.
A competitive installation.
Simplicity, upgradeability, safety and continuity of service and operation.
PD202383_r
DD205658
Savings start with installation

With tap-off points every 3 metres, Canalis busbar trunking reduces installation
costs.
Given the low cost of adding new circuits, savings increase as the number of loads
increases, a natural consequence of the growth of your business.
Upgradeable during operation

In decentralised distribution, evolving operating requirements and costs are
integrated right from the start.
b The addition, relocation or replacement of load equipment can be carried out
quickly, without de-energising the supply trunking or shutting down operation.
b The cost of making such changes is greatly reduced:
v loads are located close to supply points
v tap-off points are always available
v tap-units can be reused or new ones added quickly for load relocation or
replacement needs.
Reusable in the event of major changes

When making major modifications to your installation, the existing trunking can be
easily dismantled and reused.
K9CE01020.indd
version: 1.1
19
Canalis, in total harmony with

the environment
DD205675
Safety of life and property
With Canalis, no toxic emission in case of fire
The busbar trunking has a low combustible load. Its construction uses very little
consumable material and is halogen free.
In the event of a fire, the busbar trunking does not emit any gas or toxic smoke.
The busbar trunking helps prevent the propagation of a fire through partition walls
and floors.
Halogen-sensitive applications
b Public buildings (infrastructures, hospitals, schools, etc.).
b Buildings with evacuation difficulties (high-rises, ships, etc.) and service-activity
buildings.
b Sensitive processes (production of electronic components, etc.).
Canalis contains no PVCs
Example:
Consequences of a fire in a 100 m office with
electrical distribution by cables.
200 kg of cables (i.e. 20 kg of PVC) produces:
b 4400 m3 of smoke
b 7.5 m3 of hydrochloric acid
b 3.7 kg of corroded steel.
DD205674
Health
When PVCs burn, they produce large amounts of smoke that can be a serious
safety hazard.
b Reduced visibility:
v risk of panic
v complicates rescue work
b Smoke toxicity:
v hydrogen chloride gas (highly toxic)
v carbon monoxide (danger of asphyxiation).
Canalis reduces the risk of exposure to electromagnetic fields

According to the WHO (World Health Organisation), exposure to electromagnetic
fields can be a health hazard starting at levels as low as 0.2 micro-Teslas and
could represent a long-term risk of cancer. Some countries have created standards
that stipulate limits (e.g. 0.2 T at 1 metre in Sweden).
All electrical conductors generate magnetic fields proportional to the distance
between them. The design of Canalis busbar trunking with tightly spaced
conductors in a metal enclosure helps to considerably reduce radiated
electromagnetic fields.
The electromagnetic field characteristics of Canalis busbar trunking are welldefined and measurements show that they are far below potentially dangerous
levels.
You will find the magnetic induction values of our products on the Characteristics
pages.
20
version: 1.1
K9CE01030.indd
DD205673
Environment
Canalis is fully recyclable
b Canalis busbar trunking can be reused.

Canalis busbar trunking is designed for a long service life and can easily be
dismantled, cleaned and reused.
b All packaging materials can be recycled (cardboard or recyclable polyethylene
film).
b All Canalis products are designed for safe end-of-life recycling. PVC, on the
other hand, requires neutralisation of the hydrochloric acid produced using lime
and generates dioxins that are extremely toxic.
Canalis helps conserve natural resources
Example:
1 kg of PVC generates 1 kg of waste.
Conservation of natural
resources
The depletion of raw materials (copper, plastics, etc.) is one of our ongoing
concerns.
For this reason, we have optimised the used of all materials used to make our
busbar trunking.
b Reduction of dangerous or polluting materials. We design our products to meet
future European directives.
b Reduction in the weight of insulating materials.
b Reduction in the use of plastics for improved fire performance: less energy
released during combustion, thereby limiting propagation and facilitating extinction
(lower calorific value).
Canalis reduces your line losses by 20 %

Canalis divides your consumption of plastic by a factor of
four
The cost of an electrical installation includes the initial investment for the
equipment and its installation, the cost of maintenance and the cost of energy
losses during operation.
The concept of decentralised distribution is a way to merge all the circuits in one
and thus to reduce to the maximum the low cross-section lengths and the weight of
insulating materials.
DD206048
Example:
34 m of Canalis KS 250 A trunking equipped with fourteen 4-pole 25 A feeders.
K9CE01030.indd
version: 1.1
21
PD202384_r
From the transport to the

distribution, Canalis is the core
of your installation
22
version: 1.1
K9CE01040.indd
K9CE01040.indd
version: 1.1
23
Canalis KT, a display of

advantages
b The compact size of Canalis KT means it takes up very little space in the
building:
v used as a rising main, it takes up only a minimum of space
v used for horizontal distribution, it fits easily into the buildings structure (false
floors, false ceilings, service shafts, etc).
A compact solution
b Changes in direction have been designed to optimise the space taken up,
contrary to an equivalent installation using cables which requires large bending
radii.
DD210860
b Tap-off units, complete with protective devices, are fitted along the entire length
of the busbar trunking thus reducing the floor area taken up by the electrical
distribution switchboards.
b The design study is easy to perform as it does not require a detailed layout of
each load. Equipment choice is pre-determined and optimised.
A simple and economical

system
b Installing the busbar trunking requires 2 or 3 people only, for a time equivalent
to that for installing cableways. The time normally needed for laying cables is
therefore saved.
b Connection to the MV/LV substation is made using a quick fitting joint block. The
tap-off units can be prepared in the workshop thus reducing on-site time. Their
connection to the busbar trunking is done in a single plugging-on operation.
b Installing busbar trunking lengths can be done as and when building work
progresses, thus optimising on-site work and allowing possible unexpected events
to be anticipated in advance.
PD202385_r
b It is also important to note that busbar trunking is a factory tested solution,

meaning the time needed for inspecting connections is reduced (visual inspection
of tightening torque).
24
version: 1.1
K9CE02010.indd
Complete safety
b Busbar trunking temperature rise and short-circuit withstand are known and
independent of the installation. Coordination of the Schneider Electric system
results in complete control of the electrical network.
b Installation standards UTE C 15-105 chapter B.6.2 and IEC 60 364 chapter
5.523.6 stipulate that above 4 parallel cables, it is preferable to use busbar
trunking. Paralleling many cables leads to uneven distribution of currents and the
risk of abnormal temperature rise.
PD202386_r
b The busbar trunking and tap-off units are designed to guarantee the safety of
personnel and equipment:
v plug-on connections to silver-plated copper bars
v bolted connections with tightening torque guaranteed by torque nuts
v foolproof system to avoid the risk of assembly errors
v IP55 certified splash and dust protection
v sprinkler resistance test in compliance with Volkswagen specifications (valid
only for top-mounted units).
v access to live parts have IPxxD protection (1 mm wire diameter).
Its metal enclosure and high protection degree protect the busbar trunking from all
external aggressions (corrosion, rodents, etc).
b Seismic certification to IEC 60980, Richter scale >7 and MSK 64 severity 9.
Operating continuity
When working on the electrical installation, the busbar trunking provides immediate
readability of the electrical circuit thus allowing the appropriate zone to be quickly
identified.
Tap-off units can be plugged-on and off without the need for a shutdown; service
continuity is thus irreproachable.
The quality of the electrical contacts guarantees maintenance free operating
continuity.
PD202229-68_r
A large range of tap-off units
Canalis KS tap-off units are fully compatible with Canalis KT:

b they cover all your requirements:
v Canalis KS tap-off units: 63 to 400 A
v Canalis KT tap-off units: 400 to 1250 A
b they offer circuit breaker or fuse protection.
This offer includes tap-off units that can be fitted with the Transparent Ready
system:
v they monitor your installation to avoid overloads, thus ensuring service continuity
v they provide metering to allow accurate management of your electrical
distribution network (allocation of costs to each consumer).
K9CE02010.indd
version: 1.1
25
Canalis KT is adapted for all

types of building
Key points
Office and hospital buildings

PD202391_r
b Fire barrier.
b Halogen free.
b Small size.
PD202389_r
PD202388_r
b Operating continuity.
Key points
Shopping centres, airports

and exhibition centres
b Halogen free.
PD202387_r
b Distribution and metering.

b Able to be evolved.
PD202390_r
b Sprinklers.
26
version: 1.1
K9CE02020.indd
Key points
Car industry and

industrial buildings
PD395077-68_r
b Low voltage drops.
PD202393_r
PD202392_r
b Network readability.
Key points
Internet Data Centers

109405_r
b High tap-off density.
PD202395_r
PD202394_r
b Network compactness and readability.
K9CE02020.indd
version: 1.1
27
Canalis, the reference all around

the world
Tertiary
Name
Lighting and low current
Medium current
High
current
KDP
KN
KT
KBA
KBB
KS
Country
Offices
PD202244_r
Air France (headquarters)
Axa
Chamber of Commerce
b
b
Telefnica
Trade Center
Tour du RDC
Turning Torso
Vodafone
Sweden
Luxembourg
Germany
b
b
Germany
France
Commerz Bank
b
Lexel
France
Allianz
Spain
Spain
Tunisia
Sweden
New Zealand
Internet Data Center

PD202245_r
Banco Commercial Portugus
Colt
Digiplex
Portugal
France
Sweden
IBM
Spain, Italy
MCI-Worldcom
Italy, United Kingdom
Tunisia
Hotels and restaurants

PD202246_r
Hyatt
Mc Donalds
France
Soldeo Andorra Hotel
Spain
Sweden
Hospitals
PD202247_r
Children Clinic
Brussels University Hospital
Belgium
Derby Hospital
United Kingdom
Oran Hospital
Algeria
St Joseph Hospital
France
Stockholm Hospital
Sweden
Val de Grce Hospital
Michalon Hospital
Manussia Hospital
France
b
France
Egypt
Supermarkets and hypermarkets

PD202248_r
Alcampo
Auchan
b
b
B&Q
Carrefour
Coop
Fnac
Ikea
Mark & Spencer
b
b
Spain
World
United Kingdom
World
Italy
Spain, France
China, Spain, France,

Sweden
Belgium, Spain,
United Kingdom
ToysR Us
28
version: 1.1
Spain
K9CE02030.indd
Industry
Name
Medium current
KDP
KBA
KBB
KN
KS
High
current
KT
Country
Car industry
PD202249_r
BMW
Citron
Daewo
Italy
b
Dacia
Iveco
Peugeot
China, Spain, France

South Korea
b
b
Romania
Spain, Italy
China, Spain, France
Nissan
Spain
Renault
Spain, France, Czech

Republic
Seat
Spain
Valo
Volkswagen
China, France, Italy,

Poland
Spain, Germany
Other industries
Aerospace industry
Airbus
Italy
Spain, Italy, Belgium
World
Food-processing industry
Coca-Cola
Danone
Pasquier
France
Livestock production farms and greenhouses

Favier henhouse
France
Greenhouse
Netherlands
Ceramic industry
Esmalglas ceramic
Legrand
Rolex
Intel
ST Micro-electronique
Spain
Electricity
France, Turkey
Watch-making
b
Switzerland
Microelectronics
b
Irelande
b
France
Lead industry and water treatment

Grundfos
China
China
Netherlands
Sweden
Spain
Industrial technology
Bosch
Telephony
Phillips
Nokia
Louis Vuitton
Delta
Textile industry
K9CE02030.indd
version: 1.1
Israel
29
Canalis, the reference all around

the world
Infrastructure
Name
Medium current
High
current
KDP
KBA
KBB
KN
KS
KT
Country
Airports
PD202250_r
Paris Airport
Cairo Airport
Heathrow Airport
Hong-Kong Airport
Landvetter Airport
Arlanda
United Kingdom
China
Sweden
b
b
Satelite Barajas
France
Egypt
Sweden
Spain
PD202251_r
Marine
Chantier de lAtlantique
France
Meyerwerft
Germany
Undergrounds
PD202252_r
Guanghzou Underground
Madrid Underground
China
London Underground
United Kingdom
b
b
Singapore Underground
Spain
Singapore
Egypt
Other infrastructures
Alexandria Library
Centre international dexposition
de Suzhou
30
b
b
China
CERN
Switzerland
Stade de France
France
version: 1.1
K9CE02030.indd
Canalis tools and services
Technical files
The technical files have been compiled from completed contracts and provide
answers to questions concerning the installation of Canalis busbar trunking in
specific business sectors.
In data centers
Reference:
ART 37222
DESBS001EN
In exhibition centres
Reference:
ART 65946
KD0C00CTAFEEN
In shopping centres
Reference:
Available in your sales office.
In electronics factories
Reference:
ART 65944
KD0C00CTAFEEN
In tiles factories
Reference:
DEBU005EN
In car plants
Reference:
Available in your sales office.
In livestock buildings
Reference:
DESWED105010EN
In greenhouses
Reference:
ART 808260
DESWED105013EN
In logistic centres
Reference:
ART 807993
DESWED105011EN
In cruise ships
Reference:
DESWED105014EN
In garages
Reference:
DESWED103004EN
Find a large range of Cahier Technique publications on the Schneider Electric

web site: www.schneider-electric.com.
K9CE02040.indd
version: 1.1
31
Our teams are available to provide customers with technical assistance throughout
the installation of their projects.
PD202396_r
Work-out your
solution together
b
v
v
v
v
Design of electrical distribution architectures:

design of decentralised transport and distribution systems
technical and financial optimisation of busbar trunking design projects
transformer/switchboard link
installation coordination and discrimination.
b
v
v
v
Full installation drawings:

3D Autocad drawings with corresponding parts lists
2D drawing with dimensions
detailed connection drawings.
b Site supervision and commissioning assistance.
DD210862
b Training for designers and contractors.
Project
launch
Technical
support
CanBrass
drawing
After-sales
service
Autocad
drawing
On-site
instruction
and
installation
Production
Project
management
32
version: 1.1
K9CE02040.indd
Schneider Electric offers a comprehensive design and costing software.

The CanBrass software, edited by Schneider Electric, was developed to help you
design and cost Canalis busbar trunking runs.
PD202374_r
CanBrass gives you all the

help you need
CanBrass, a comprehensive tool

The CanBrass software allows you to quickly design the best layout for your
project.
It allows:
b the material needed to be easily chosen
b a list of catalogue numbers and their exact quantities to be defined
b a comprehensive quote that includes material and labour.
b There are 2 options:
b linear metre costing
b graphical costing.
Design guide
Linear metre costing
PD202375_r
The user enters the following parameters:

b for the power run: rating, polarity, protection degree
b for each feeder: number of machines, rating and protection
b overall run length, number of change-of-direction sections and the connection
type.
PD202376_r
Enter Canalis run characteristics.
Switchboard access estimation of material and labour costs.
K9CE02040.indd
version: 1.1
33
Graphical costing
PD202377_r
Simply create a 3D drawing of the busbar trunking using appropriate dialogue

boxes.
Enter the following:
b rating
b polarity
b connection types.
Definition of catalogue numbers
PD202378_r
The software gives an optimum breakdown of the project and provides a bill of
materials: catalogue number, quantity, price.
The software can also generate 2D or 3D drawings with dimensions.
Breakdown of the run by product function.
Quote
PD202379_r
The CanBrass software can generate a comprehensive customised quote (quantity,

catalogue number, unit price, total net price and installation time).
34
version: 1.1
K9CE02040.indd
Contents
Index
Introduction
3
17
Presentation
36
Panorama of Canalis range
36
Lighting distribution 36
Power distribution 38
Canalis KTC from 800 to 4000 A
42
For horizontal transport and distribution

For distribution to different levels
42
44
Tap-off units from 25 to 1250 A
45
Description
46
General
46
Run sections
48
Other run sections Disconnectors and run protective devices
49
Change of direction sections
50
Connection sections
51
Connection accessories
56
Supports and fixings
58
Tap-off units
59
Plug-on tap-off units for circuit breakers
60
Plug-on tap-off units for fuses
61
Fixed tap-off units for circuit breakers
62
Catalogue numbers and dimensions

Design guide
Recommandations
DEBU024EN_Presentation.indd
version: 1.1
63
133
171
231
35
Presentation

Lighting distribution
Canalis KTC
Canalis KDP
PD202216_r
Range
Run components
IP55
1
20 A
1200 - 1350 - 1500 - 2400 - 2700 and 3000 mm
24 and 192 meters
0,70 meter
Degree of protection
Number of circuits
Rating
Tap-off intervals
Standard lengths
Finish
Maximum distance between fixing points
PD202225_r
KDP-KBA-KBB tap-off units
Rating
10 and 16 A
Option
-
36
version: 1.1
K9CE11000.indd
Canalis KBB
PD202219_r
PD202217_r
Canalis KBA
IP55
1 or 2
25 and 40 A
500 and 1000 mm
2 and 3 meters
Galvanised steel
5 meters
PD202225_r
PD202225_r
IP55
1
25 and 40 A
500 - 1000 and 1500 mm
2 and 3 meters
Galvanised steel
3 meters
10 and 16 A
10 and 16 A
White RAL 9010

Bus conductor
-
White RAL 9010

Bus conductor
Clean earth
K9CE11000.indd
version: 1.1
37
Presentation
Power distribution
Canalis KTC
Canalis KN
PD202221_r
Range
Run components
IP55
3L + N + PE
40, 63, 100 and 160 A
500 - 1000 or 3000 mm
3 meters
White RAL 9001
3 meters
Polarity
Rating
Tap-off intervals
Standard lengths
Finish
PD202227_r
Tap-off units
Rating
Plug-in
Bolt-on
16 to 63 A
Option
Remote control conductor
38
version: 1.1
K9CE11000.indd
Canalis KS, rising mains

PD202223_r
PD202222_r
Canalis KS
IP55
3L + N + PE
100, 160, 250, 400, 500, 630, 800 and 1000 A
500 mm
Defined by the floor pitch
White RAL 9001
Defined by the floor pitch
PD202228_r
PD202228_r
IP55
3L + N + PE
100, 160, 250, 400, 500, 630, 800 and 1000 A
1000 mm on each face
3 and 5 meters
White RAL 9001
3 meters
25 to 400 A
25 to 400 A
K9CE11000.indd
version: 1.1
39
Presentation
Power distribution
Canalis KTC
Canalis KT
PD202088-74_r
Range
Run components
IP55
3L + PE ; 3L + N +PE ; 3L + N + oversized PE
800, 1000, 1250, 13A
500 - 1000 mm
2 and 4 meters
White RAL 9001
3 meters
Polarity
Rating
Tap-off intervals
Standard lengths
Finish
PD202229_r
Tap-off units
Rating
Plug-in
Bolt-on
25 to 400 A
400 to 1250 A
Option
-
40
version: 1.1
K9CE11000.indd
K9CE11000.indd
version: 1.1
41
Presentation
For horizontal transport and distribution

Canalis KTC
Run sections
b Canalis KS plug-on tap-off units are

compatible with the Canalis KT busbar
trunking:
v protection by 25 to 400 A fuses
v protection by 100 to 400 A Compact NSX
circuit breakers.
b Canalis KT fixed tap-off units:
v protection by 400 to 1250 A
Compact NS and NSX circuit breakers
v protection by 400 to 1000 A fuses.
b Change-of-direction sections adapt to all

busbar trunking requirements.
b There are both fixed and made-tomeasure lengths.
PD202328_r
PD202312_r
PD202313_r
Change-of-direction sections
PD202315_r
Rating: 1000 to 5000 A.

Transport sections:
fixed lengths: 2 and 4 meters
non-standard lengths: 0.5 and 3 meters
Distribution sections:
fixed lengths: 2 and 4 meters.
PD202314_r
b
b
v
v
b
v
Tap-off units
42
version: 1.1
K9CE11500.indd
Interface connections
Universal supply connections
PD202300_r
PD202431_r
b There are two types of support for

installing the busbar trunking horizontally.
b One type of fixing: to fix the busbar
trunking to its support.
PD202318_r
b Supply connections allow the

busbar trunking to be connected to the
switchboards busbar or to the transformer.
PD202317_r
b Pre-fabricated interfaces connections can

be incorporated into:
v Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards
v France Transfo dry-type transformers.
Horizontal fixing supports
K9CE11500.indd
version: 1.1
43
Presentation
For distribution to different levels

Rising mains
Canalis KTC
Run sections
PD202319_r
PD202320_r
b Rating: 1000 to 5000 A.

b Distribution sections, fixed 2 meter lengths.
b Transport sections for going through floor slabs,
fixed 0.5 to 3 meter lengths.
Vertical fixing support
PD202321_r
b For installing the busbar trunking vertically, they

ensure:
v height and depth adjustment
v load sharing
v absorption of expansions, vibrations, etc.
b They can be fixed either to the floor, the wall or to
a bracket.
Tap-off units
PD202322_r
b Canalis KS tap-off units are compatible with the

Canalis KT busbar trunking:
v protection by 25 to 400 A fuses
v protection by 100 to 400 A Compact NSX circuit
breakers.
b Canalis KT fixed tap-off units:
v protection by 400 to 1250 A Compact NS and NSX
circuit breakers
v protection by 400 to 1000 A fuses.
44
version: 1.1
K9CE11500.indd
Tap-off units from 25 to 1250 A
Rating (A)
Type of protection
Modular switchgear
Compact NS and NSX
Fuses
Compact NSX with

measurement and metering
PD202138_r
PD202150_r
25/50 A for NF/DIN fuses

32 A for BS fuses
For Compact NSX100 circuit
breaker
63 A for DIN fuses

100 A for NF/DIN fuses
80 A for BS fuses
PD202323_r
PD202150_r
160
PD202150_r
100 A, 12 x 18 mm modules
PD202324_r
250 to 400
160 A for NF/DIN/BS fuses

Fitted with DIN rail for Powerlogic
PM810
PD202184_r
For NG125/160 circuit breaker For Compact NSX160 circuit

breaker
PD202324_r
PD202148_r
63 A, 8 x 18 mm modules
PD202147_r
25 to 100
PD202149_r
Plug-on tap-off units

breaker
250/400 A for NF/DIN fuses

breaker

breaker
DB402028
DB402027
630
PD202325_r
PD202325_r

breaker

breaker
630 A for NF fuses
800, 1000 and 1250
PD202327_r
For Compact NSX400 and

NSX630 circuit breakers
PD240004_r
400 to 630 A for DIN fuses(1)

PD240005_r
400 and 630
PD202326_r
Fixed tap-off units
For Compact NS800, NS1000 and 800 to 1000 A for DIN fuses(1)
NS1250(1) circuit breakers
(1) Tap-off units for NS1250 and fuses (from 400 to 1000 A) in IP31 only.
K9CE11500.indd
version: 1.1
45
General
Description
Canalis KTC
The Canalis KT busbar trunking is intended for high power distribution and
transport in industrial, commercial and tertiary buildings.
Assembly of prefabricated sections that adapt to all run configurations.
Run sections
DD205853
DD202434-m
b
b
b
b
b
b
DD202435-m
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
DD202436-m
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205854
The conductors are sandwiched together inside the metal

casing.
8 ratings are available, from 1000 to 5000 A.

4 copper live conductors with identical cross-sections (3L + N + PE version).
Conductors insulated using polyester film, class B 130 C, halogen free.
Standard busbar trunking is IP55.
Insulation voltage: 1000 Volts.
Available polarities: 3L + PE, 3L + N +PE, 3L + N + PER (reinforced PE)
The KT busbar trunking is of compact design and can be installed edgewise, flat or
vertically.
This design, allows the busbar trunking to be installed through a floor slab or fire
barrier wall.
As standard, the Canalis KT busbar trunking acts as a fire barrier in accordance
with IEC 60439-2.
The RAL 9001 pre-lacquered galvanized steel casing provides protection and
mechanical fixing of the conductors.
Further, it is used as the PE protective conductor (in accordance with NFC 15100
and IEC 60364).
In its reinforced version 3L + N + PER, the busbar trunking is fitted with an
additional internal copper conductor with a cross-section equal to half that of the
phase conductor.
A reinforced version can be supplied on demand. This version has lateral
reinforcement (see page Characteristics).
The Canalis KT busbar trunking is suitable for applications containing harmonics by
taking into account the appropriate derating factor. See Harmonic currents in the
Design guide.
3L + N + PER
Tap-off contact
The KS plug-on tap-off units are connected to the busbar trunking whilst live (offload) via spring jaw connections.
Contact zone coating:
b silver-plated copper at jaw contact points.
46
version: 1.1
K9CE12000.indd
Joint block
DD202445
The junction between sections is made using a joint block.

The joint block provides the following:
b electrical junction between live conductors and between PE protective
conductors, mechanical link between the two sections.
Contact zone coating:
b silver-plated copper
DD205857
It provides simultaneous continuity between all conductors.

It is tightened using torque bolt(s) (1 to 4 depending on the rating) with snap-off
heads.
The nut head snaps-off, freeing a red washer, when the correct tightening torque is
reached.
This operation is checked visually:
b if the red washer is absent: it has been tightened
b if the red washer is visible: it has not been tightened.
This device guarantees the necessary contact pressure between live conductors
and is operator independent.
For dismantling or maintenance operations, the nut has a second head.
The tightening torque is 6 daN.m.
All sections (apart from ER and EL feed units) are supplied with their joint
block, delivered in a separate parcel.
If the run has a feed unit (ER or EL) at each end, an additional joint block
must be ordered.
Phase order
DD205858
The standard phase order for the busbar trunking is denoted N321.
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD205859
However, this order can be changed to N123. A label showing the phase order
N123 is supplied with each element to indicate the change.
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
K9CE12000.indd
version: 1.1
47
Run sections
Description
Canalis KTC
Straight sections
Transport sections - Type ET
DD202390
Transport the current without tap-off points.

Available in 2 and 4 metre fixed lengths or made to measure from 0.50 to 3 metres.
Sections with tap-off points for plug-on tap-off units Type ED
DD205860
ED run sections are for current distribution.

They use 25 to 400 A KS tap-off units.
These tap-off units can be plugged-on whilst live, but off-load.
Available in fixed 2 or 4 metre lengths with 3 tap-off points on one side.
Sections with tap-off points for fixed tap-off units - Type EB
DD205861
EB run sections are for current distribution.

They use specific KT 400 to 1250 A tap-off units.
These tap-off units can only be fitted / removed when the run is not energised.
Available in a 2 metre fixed length with one tap-off point or a 4 metre fixed length
with 2 tap-off points.
48
version: 1.1
K9CE12000.indd
Other run sections

Disconnectors and run
protective devices
Other run sections
DD202446
Expansion section - Type DB
It controls and absorbs the expansion of Canalis runs and must be used on runs
over 30 metres and each time the busbar trunking passes through a building
expansion joint.
Refer to the installation guide.
Available in a 1 metre length, it can be fitted vertically or horizontally.
At its centre it has flexible conductor joints and a sliding case able to absorb the
relative movements of each part of the section.
Transposition sections - Types TN, TP
DD205863
DD202439
Used when the phase order of the switchboard is different to that of the
transformer.
Available in a 1 metre length and is the same physical size as a transport section.
b The TN version transposes the neutral.
DD205862
DD205856
DD205864
b The TP type transposes the phases.
Additional joint block - Type YA
If the run has a feed unit (supplied without a joint block) at each end, an additional
joint block must be ordered.
Each joint block is supplied with the necessary covers, nuts and bolts.
Run end cover - Type FA
The end cover protects and insulates the conductor ends and is fitted to the last
section.
Disconnectors and run protective devices
DD202441
DD202440
Fitted between 2 flat or edgewise sections, they isolate or protect a busbar

trunking part run.
Each assembly is supplied fitted with a 3 or 4-pole device complete with rotary
handle.
Supplied with:
b an auxiliary connection terminal
b lifting rings
b upstream and downstream terminal shields.
Colour: white RAL 9001, 100 % polyester paint on galvanized sheet steel.
Refer to manufacturers data for switchgear characteristics.
Fitted with a rotary handle, the tap-off unit can only be opened once the device
has been switched off.
Run disconnector tap-off units - Type SL
Type SL for:
b Compact NS1000 to 1600 A type NA fixed isolators:
v unhingeable door
v 3-point closing (possibility of locking with key lock, not supplied)
b Interpact INV isolator, 2000 to 2500 A:
v unhingeable door
v 3-point closing (possibility of locking with key lock, not supplied)
b Masterpact NW3200 A type HA fixed isolator supplied with:
v transparent protection cover
v adaptation kit for Ronis lock + 1 Ronis lock
v complete Harting plug, not cabled.
Run protection tap-off units - Type PL
Type PL for:
b Compact NS1000 to 1600 A type N fixed circuit-breakers:
v unhingeable door
v 3-point closing (possibility of locking with key lock, not supplied).
For circuit-breakers greater than 1600 A, consult the sales office.
K9CE12000.indd
version: 1.1
49
Change of direction sections
Description
Canalis KTC
Simple changes of direction
Elbows - Types LP and LC
DD205865
To go up or down, to turn right or left:

b type LP, flat elbow available in fixed or made-to-measure lengths
DD202432
b type LPpC, flat made-to-measure angled elbow
DD205866
b type LC, edgewise elbow available in fixed or made-to-measure lengths
DD205867
b type LCpC, edgewise made-to-measure angled elbow.
Edgewise T junctions - Type TC

DD205868
To feed runs perpendicular to the main run.
Changes of direction
Zeds - Types ZP, ZC and CP
DD205869
3-branch made-to-measure:
b flat or edgewise, to move the run axis upwards, downwards, to the right or to the
left without having to bend the busbar trunking:
v type ZP, flat Zed
DD205870
v type ZC, edgewise Zed
DD205871
b edgewise / flat, to provide the busbar trunking with a bend:

v Type CP, edgewise and/or flat Zed.
50
version: 1.1
K9CE12000.indd
Connection sections
To connect the KTC busbar trunking to different terminals or to transformer,

switchboard, generator set, etc. busbars. Canalis offers high performance
connection sections which meet all requirements.
These sections provide installation flexibility combined with quick and simple
assembly.
Further, the connections are made using torque bolts which provide both ease
of installation (use of a standard spanner for tightening to 6 daN.m) and a visual
check before energising.
Connections via interface to Prisma Plus, Okken and Trihal
DD202314
DD202306
Direct connection to Trihal transformers and Prisma Plus & Okken switchboards.
Supplied factory or panelbuilder assembled and tested to IEC 60439-1 and 2.
Quick and simple connection of the busbar trunking to the interface.
Reduced size.
Joint block integrated into the interface.
A sealing kit (rating dependent) must be ordered.
DD202310
Prisma Plus switchboard

Sealing kit
Prisma Plus and Okken switchboards
For fixed or draw-out incoming device, front or rear connection:

b Masterpact NW08 to NW40 or NT06 to NT16 circuit-breaker
b Compact NS630b to NS1600 circuit-breaker.
Possibility of switching the phases around.
Okken switchboard
DD202503
France Transfo Trihal dry type transformers

For naturally ventilated or force ventilated transformers.
Protection degree:
b IP00
b IP31.
Secondary voltage: 410 V
15 mm adjustment in the 3 axes.
K9CE12000.indd
version: 1.1
51
Connection sections
Description
Canalis KTC
Universal connections to switchboards and oil immersed transformers
DD210777
Feed units - Type ER
They allow the busbar trunking to be connected to a switchboards busbar, or to the

terminals of an oil immersed transformer, generator set, etc.
They come complete with a mounting plate fitted:
b either directly to the roof of the switchboard
b or via the intermediary of a protective cover.
DD205872
Vertical or horizontal incoming busbar trunking.
DD202502
Types ER N1/N2
Types ER N3/N4
Types ER N5/N6
Type ER N7
Connection:
b either directly to the busbar
b or by flexible bars and connection plates
b or by braids
b or by cables.
b ER feed units are supplied without a joint block.
b If the run has a feed unit at each end, an additional joint block must be ordered.
52
version: 1.1
K9CE12000.indd
DD210866
Protective covers - Types CS, CR, BC
DD210864
Protects the external part of the connection.
b Type CS
Height adaptable flexible protective cover adaptable for ER N1 to N6 feed units
with a between centres distance of 115 mm.
For a vertical incomer - Types CR1 to CR3
DD205873
Made-to-measure rigid protective cover for ER N1 to N7 feed units.

They are height adjustable by 50 mm.
b Type CR 1 for a horizontal incomer.
DD205624
DD210865
b Types CR2 and CR3 for a vertical incomer.
b Types CR7 and CR8

Protective covers for oil immersed transformers.
Only for ER N1 to N6 feed units with a between centres distance of 150 or 170 mm
depending on the rating.
Fit directly onto the BT series transformer tanks.
Never use with HV porcelaine bushings.
DD202321
v Type CR7 for a vertical incomer.
DD202325
v Type CR8 for a horizontal incomer.
v Type BC
Protective cover for direct cable connection to ER N1 to N6 feed units with a
between centres distance of 115 mm.
K9CE12000.indd
version: 1.1
53
Connection sections
Description
Canalis KTC
DD202447
Universal connections to dry type transformers

Feed units - Type EL
For dry type transformers with the neutral between the phases.
They allow optimum connection to the busbar trunking.
DD205874
The junction with the busbar trunking is achieved:

b either from the side
Type EL N1/N2.
DD205877
Type EL N3/N4.
DD205876
DD205875
b or from the centre.
Type EL N5.
They are of similar design to straight transport sections and can be installed
edgewise or flat.
If installed flat, a set of angle brackets can be ordered.
The following must be specified at the time of order:
b phase order
b distance between phases (a 20 mm lateral adjustment can be made use of on
site).
The link between the transformer terminals and the connection section is either by
flexible bar connection plates or by braids.
54
version: 1.1
K9CE12000.indd
Protective covers - Type CR4 to CR6
These protect the connections with an IP31 casing when connecting to a

transformer.
They are height adjustable by 50 mm.
DD202342
b Type CR4
Protective cover for EL N1 to N4 feed units.
Edgewise assembly.
DD202343
b Type CR5
Protective cover for EL N1 to N4 feed units.
Flat assembly.
DD202346
b Type CR6
Protective cover for EL N5 feed unit.
Edgewise assembly.
K9CE12000.indd
version: 1.1
55
Description
Canalis KTC
Accessories for direct connection to the switchboard
DD202363
The conductors of ER N1 to N6 feed units are connected directly to the

switchboard busbars.
YB2 copper spacers are available to compensate differences in thickness between
the switchboard bars (10 mm) and the connection part (6 mm).
DD202400
Make-up of kit:
b 8 x 2 mm thick copper spacers
b 16 off M12 x 60 mm bolts, class 8.8
b 16 contact washers
b 16 torque nuts
b 8 steel spacer plates.
Order a set per feed unit whatever the rating.
Switchboard connection accessories using connection plates

DD210784
The conductors of ER N1 to N6 feed units are connected via connection plates to

the switchboard busbars.
The YC types are flexible bars made up of 5 copper sheets of 1 x 100 mm (500
mm cross-section).
The number of connection plates needed is proportional to the busbar trunking
rating.
There are 3 types:
b YC1, uninsulated 600 mm long bar with 4 oblong holes at one end.
The length of the holes at the switchboard side are to be adapted on-site
104202DD
DD202402
b YC2, uninsulated bar, made-to-measure length of 250 to 600 mm with 4 oblong

holes at each end, ready to use
DD202403
b YC5, insulated 1000 mm long flexible bar, stripped at one end and with 4 oblong
holes.
The length of the holes at the switchboard side are to be adapted on-site.
DD205878
Nuts and bolts

The connection plates are fixed to the feed unit using the YB3 nut and bolt kit,
made up of:
b 16 torque nuts
DD202411
Clamps
YS1 clamps enable high short-circuit current levels to be withstood; only for bars
with a 115 mm spacing.
Insulation
See page 57.
56
version: 1.1
K9CE12000.indd
Transformer connections - Types YC, YT

DD205879
The feed unit conductors are connected to the transformer bars via connection
plates or braids:
b connection plates, YC types, are flexible bars made up of 5 copper sheets of
1 x 100 mm (500 mm cross-section)
b braids, YT type, are copper braids with a 600 mm cross-section.
The number of connection plates needed is proportional to the busbar trunking
rating.
Connection plates
DD202412
The YC3 is an uninsulated bar with an expansion kink; it is 400 mm long and has 4
holes at one end.
They can be fitted to the transformer side:
b either using bar clamps (no drilling)
b or drilled and bolted (to be carried out on site).
DD205880
YS2 and YS3 bar clamps enable connection without the need to drill the connection
plates.
They allow height adjustment.
b Type YS2, bar clamps for 100 mm transformer connection terminals.
b Type YS3, bar clamps for 120 mm transformer connection terminals.
Make-up of kit: 1 set of 8 parts.
DD202414
b The YC4 is an uninsulated bar with an expansion kink; it is 400 mm long and has
4 oblong holes at each end (ready to use).
Braids
DD202415
Type YT, 400 mm long insulated braid with 4 holes at each end.
DD230229
The connection plates and braids are fixed to the feed unit using the YB4 nut and
bolt kit, made up of:
b 16 torque nuts
Insulation
DD230230
The YF conduit allows the various conductors of a connection performed with

braids or with bare copper foils to be insulated.
Installation is performed after complete assembly of the connection, with scratch
fastening for easier setup.
The insulating conduit is formed of a 2-metre plastic duct that can be cut to length
as needed.
K9CE12000.indd
version: 1.1
57
Description
Canalis KTC
Horizontal supports
273202DD
The ZA types allow the busbar trunking to be fixed and adjusted along its length, as
well as absorbing its movements.
Supports for horizontal sections
DD202485
b Type ZA1, to support edgewise busbar trunking only, consists of a steel angle
bracket and 2 x 2 metre threaded M10 rods.
The maximum distance between supports is:
v 3 metres for edgewise busbar trunking
v 2 metres for flat busbar trunking.
See installation precautions.
DD202368
DD202486
b Type ZA4, to support the busbar trunking from the top.

b These supports are needed to fix edgewise EL N1 to N4 feed units for dry type
transformers (rods not supplied).
DD202369
Fixing bracket
DD202484
The ZA3 keeps the busbar trunking in place on its support, without blocking it, in
order to allow expansion movements.
Vertical supports
DD202496
DD202374
The ZA5 is for supporting vertical sections.

They fix sections of a vertical run to the buildings structure.
This type of fixing support has the following advantages:
b assembly:
v to a wall
v to a wall bracket
v to the floor
b height and depth adjustment
b spring adjustment to ensure distribution of the load at each floor
b avoids the transmission of building forces to the busbar trunking (expansion and
vibration).
For KTC1000 to KTC2000.
For KTC2500 to KTC5000.
To a wall.
58
To a wall bracket.
version: 1.1
To the floor.
K9CE12000.indd
Tap-off units
Description
Canalis KTC
DD210275
The tap-off units are used to instantly connect loads or secondary runs, and comply
with installation standards and regulations (IEC 60364), whatever the earthing
system (TT, TNS, TNC or IT).
When off-load, they can be plugged-on and off and be operated whilst live.
Plugging-on and plugging-off automatically opens and closes the tap-off point.
DD210276
No live part is accessible with the door open. The protection degree is IPXXB
(finger protection).
They are IP55 by construction (no accessory is required).
Safety and operation
Fuse and modular switchgear tap-off units (AC20) are isolated as soon as the tapoff unit door is opened.
Tap-off unit disconnection by opening or closing the cover should be carried
out only if the downstreamload is de-energised.
For circuit breaker tap-off units, there are safety mechanisms to prevent:
b the tap-off unit being plugged-on and plugged-off with the tap-off unit door closed
b the door being closed if the tap-off unit has not been locked onto the busbar
trunking
b access to the electrical equipment and connection terminals when live
b the door being opened in the "ON" position for tap-off units fitted with a Compact
NS or NSX or NG circuit breaker.
DD210466
These tap-off units can be fitted with accessories such as:

b door early break contacts
b adapter for lead sealing
b etc.
The sheet steel tap-off units are fitted with a carrying handle.
Characteristics of tap-off units up to 100 A
b Colour:
v white (RAL 9001) body and carrying handles
v transparent green door (similar design to the Kaedra enclosures).
b Material: self-extinguishing, halogen-free insulating plastic (fire resistant and very
high temperature withstand).
Other characteristics: cable gland drilling zone, stainless steel screws and the door
can be lead sealed.
DD202012
Characteristics of tap-off units from 160 to 400 A

b Colour:
v white (RAL 9001) body
v black carrying handles (RAL 9005)
v 100 % polyester paint.
b Material: galvanized sheet steel.
Other characteristics:
b unhingeable door (120 opening hinges)
b vertically bevelled polyurethane seals with a double fold for increased rigidity
(similar design to the Sarel Spatial 3D enclosures)
b 25 mm grill type gland plates for a maximum access area.
K9CE13000.indd
version: 1.1
59
Description
Plug-on tap-off units for circuit

breakers
DD210454
Canalis KTC
Isolator tap-off units for modular switchgear
Most 18 mm Multi 9 modular devices can be fitted into these tap-off units.
They have a window on the front face for switchgear control and visualisation.
A transparent shutter ensures the window can be sealed.
Two tap-off ratings are available:
b 63 A nominal current for 8 modules
b 100 A nominal current for 12 modules (accepts C120 circuit breakers).
Tap-off units for NG type modular switchgear

DD202154
These tap-off units are fitted with a DIN rail and upstream connections for 18 mm
wide modular devices.
The switchgear is operated via a rotary handle which prevents door opening when
the circuit breaker is in the ON position.
Nominal current: 160 A for a 13-module capacity (accepts NG125 or NG160 fitted
with a Vigi unit).
Isolator tap-off units for Compact NSX circuit breakers

DD210461
These tap-off units are fitted with mounting plates and upstream connections
for fixed, front-connected 100 to 400 A Compact NSX circuit breakers (N, H or L
version) with a rotary handle.
The 400 A tap-off units can only be fitted onto straight lengths with a rating greater
than 400 A.
For plug-on circuit breakers, Vigi units, etc, please consult your Schneider Electric
contact.
Measurement and metering isolator tap-off units

DD210465
These tap-off units allow sub-metering to re-allocate power consumption costs by

consumer and to monitor installations by, for example, following run load levels.
The values measured using the Compact NSX TI unit are sent to the measurement
unit which then sends the information to a central unit via a bus (See Measurement
and metering).
They are fitted with:
b a mounting plate for a Compact NSX 250 or 400 A circuit breaker with an
extended rotary handle and a Compact NSX current transformer module (TI unit)
b a DIN rail for installing a Powerlogic PM810 measurement unit, a set of
terminals, etc.
In severe operating conditions (> 40 C ambient temperature), we recommend the
use of a PM810 without display.
60
version: 1.1
K9CE13000.indd
Plug-on tap-off units for fuses
These tap-off units provide the tap-offs with fuse protection (fuses not supplied).
Plastic tap-off units

DD210466
Fitted with carriers for:

b 50 to 100 A cylindrical NF fuses
b 25 to 63 A DIN screwed fuses
b 100 A DIN blade fuses
b 32 to 80 A BS screwed fuses.
Steel tap-off units
DD210472
DD202012
Fitted with carriers for:

b 160 to 400 A NF/DIN blade fuses
b 160 A BS screwed fuses.
K9CE13000.indd
version: 1.1
61
Description
Fixed tap-off units for circuit

breakers
Canalis KTC
Safety and operation
The electrical connection is made by plugging-on the tap-off unit into dedicated tapoff point whilst the busbar trunking is de-energised (plugging-off the unit must also
be done with the busbar trunking de-energised).
The connection is mechanically tightened using a one-use torque bolt (10 daN.m).
A mechanical foolproof system avoids the risk of incorrect assembly.
The door can only be opened once the load has been isolated (rotary handle).
The bolt can only be tightened or untightened with the door open.
No live part is accessible with the door open, protection degree IP2X.
Characteristics of tap-off units from 400 to 1250 A
b Colour:
v white (RAL 9001) body.
b Material: galvanized sheet steel.
b Other characteristics:
v the cables exit laterally through 2 aluminium plates (to be drilled by the
installation contractor)
v cabling space can be increased by using the cable box supplied with the tap-off
unit
v the door is fixed using 6 captive M6 screws and can be completely removed to
facilitate cabling.
DD202451
Steel tap-off units
These tap-off units are used to supply loads or secondary runs (e.g. medium power
distribution using Canalis KS).
They are fitted to specific EB type straight lengths.
They comply with installation standards and regulations, whatever the earthing
system (TT, IT, TNS or TNC):
b tap-off units fitted with a mounting plate for Compact NS and NSX 400/1250 A,
3 or 4 P:
v fixed device
v front connections
v extended rotary handle.
DD202497
3 models:
b Compact NSX400/630 A, connection capacity:
v IP54
v 3 x 300 mm2 cables for the phases and neutral (hole diameter = 15 mm),
v 150 mm for the PE
b Compact NS800/1000 A, connection capacity:
v IP54
v 4 x 300 mm2 cables for the phases and neutral (hole diameter = 15 mm)
v 200 mm2 for the PE (cable clamp)
b Compact NS1250 A, connection capacity:
v IP31
v 4 x 300 mm2 cables for the phases and neutral (hole diameter = 15 mm)
v 200 mm2 for the PE (cable clamp).
62
version: 1.1
K9CE13000.indd
Catalogue numbers and

dimensions
Contents
Index
Introduction
3
17
35
Catalogue-number coding
65
Run components
66
Additional run components
69
Elbow components for changing direction
71
Zed components for changing direction
74
IP55
74
Canalis interfaces for Prisma Plus LV switchboard
76
Canalis interfaces for Okken LV switchboard
78
Sealing kits
79
Feed units for switchboards and oil immersed transformers
80
Rigid protective covers
84
Flexible protective covers Cable boxes
87
IP55
87
Feed units for dry-type transformers
88
Protective covers for dry-type transformers
92
IP55
92
94
98
Accessories
100
Fire-barrier kit S120 100
Tap-off units from Canalis KS range
101
63 to 100 A tap-off units for modular devices

101
125 to 160 A tap-off units for modular devices
102
100 to 400 A tap-off units for Compact NS circuit breakers 103
250 to 400 A tap-off units for Compact NS circuit breakers 104
50 to 100 A tap-off units for NF fuses 105
100 to 400 A tap-off units for NF fuses 106
25 to 63 A tap-off units for DIN fuses 107
100 to 400 A tap-off units for DIN fuses
108
32 to 160 A tap-off units for BS fuses
109
Accessories for tap-off units from Canalis KS range
110
Bolted tap-off units from Canalis KT for Compact NSX/NS

400 to 1250 A circuit breakers
111
630 and 1000 A bolted tap-off units with switch-disconnetors

for DIN fuses
112
IP31 112
Design guide
Recommandations
DEBU024EN_Catalogue numbers.
indd
133
171
231
Coupling isolators from1000 to 2500 A
113
Coupling isolators 3200 A
114
Protection of the run using Compact NS circuit breakers

from1000 1600 A
115
Special products
116
Canalis KH substitution by Canalis KT
118
KHF/KTC connection elements 118

Preserved KH tap-off units and substitution table 119
250 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH range
for Compact NSX circuit breakers 122
250 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH range for NF fuses 123
100 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH with disconnector Jean Muller 124
400 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH with disconnector Jean Muller 125
250 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH range
with Fupact INF fuse switch - IP43 126
250 to 1000 A fixed tap-off units for Canalis KHF range,
with isolator and fuse carriers 127
Fixed tap-off units for Canalis KHF or KGF range,
for circuit breaker NS630b, NS800, NS1000 128
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means of Canalis KT 129
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means of Canalis KT with a T-piece tap-off unit 130
Mid KT line power supply with KH tap-off units installed 131
version: 1.1
63
64
version: 1.1
K9CE20000.indd
Catalogue-number coding

dimensions
Canalis KTC
Catalogue-number composition
b One letter designating the material.
Type
Copper
Non conducting
KT
Code
C
B
b Two letters identifying the type of component.

Type
Code
Adjustable straight length
AJ
Cable box
BC
Bolted tap-off unit
CB
Edgewise and flat zed
CP
Rigid protective cover
CR
Flexible protective cover
CS
Expansion unit
DB
Distribution length for bolt-on tap-off units
EB
Distribution length for plug-in tap-off units
ED
Distribution length for KH plug-in tap-off units EH
Feed unit for dry-type transformers
EL
Feed unit
ER
Feeder length
ET
End cover
FA
Bolted tap-off unit for fuses
HF
Connection KH/KT
HT
Edgewise elbow
LC
Flat elbow
LP
Tap-off unit with protective device
PL
Tap-off unit with isolator
SL/RL
Edgewise tee
TC
Neutral crossover
TN
Phase crossover
TP
Sealing kit
TT
Connection device
YA
Connection torque nut kit
YB
Flexible bar
YC
Bracket
YE
Insulating sheath
YF
Bar supports
YS
Braids
YT
Supports and fixing devices
ZA
Edgewise zed
ZC
Flat zed
ZP
p p p p p p p p pp
b Four digits indicationg

the rating of the trunking.
b One digit indicating the trunking

polarity
Polarity
PE protective
conductor (1)
3L + PE
Standard
3L + N + PE
Standard
3L + N + PER Reinforced
3L + N + PER Reinforced
Short circuit
level (1)
Standard
Standard
Standard
Reinforced
Code
3
4
5
7
(1) For further information, see page 134 "Characteristics".
b Variable number of alphanumeric

characters indicating characteristics
specific to the component.
See the section dealing with the given
component.
Trunking cross section

1350
1
100 x 6
1600
1
120 x 6
2000
2
160 x 6
2500
2
200 x 6
3200
4000
5000
2
4
4
2 x (120 x 6) 2 x (160 x 6) 2 x (200 x 6)
230
230
230
350
350
350
DD202180
1000
1
70 x 6
DD202182
Rating (A)
Number of bar jointing bolts
Bar cross-section (mm)
Trunking height H (mm)
DD202181
Holes for connections (mm)
K9CE20000.indd
version: 1.1
510
510
65
Run components

dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Complete the catalogue number by replacing "pppp" by the rating.
Important:
b add the dimensions of the selected component as a technical comment
Example: the catalogue number of an 1000 A feeder length, 3L + N + PE,
2450 mm long, is:
KTC1000ET42C, L = 2450
Rating
DD210794
Straight feeder lengths

Type
Fixed
Made to
measure
Length "L"
(mm)
Cat. no.
2000
KTCppppET320 KTCppppET420 KTCppppET520
4000
KTCppppET340 KTCppppET440 KTCppppET540
500 to 1500
KTCppppET31A KTCppppET41A KTCppppET51A
1501 to 1999
KTCppppET32B KTCppppET42B KTCppppET52B
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
2001 to 2500
KTCppppET32C KTCppppET42C KTCppppET52C

2501 to 3000
KTCppppET33D KTCppppET43D KTCppppET53D
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppET5pp by
KTCppppET7pp.
KTCppppETppp
DD210795
KTCppppETppp
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table opposite.
DD210798
Straight lengths for KS plug-in tap-off units

Type Length
"L" (mm)
Fixed
2000
Number of
tap-offs
Cat. no.
KTCppppED320 KTCppppED420 KTCppppED520
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
4000
3
KTCppppED340 KTCppppED440 KTCppppED540
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppED5pp by
KTCppppED7pp.
DD210800
KTCppppEDp20
KTCppppEDp20
DD402701
KTCppppEDp40
16
KTCppppEDp40
66
version: 1.1
K9CE21010.indd
DD210766
Straight lengths for bolted tap-off units

Type
Fixed
Length
"L" (mm)
Number of
tap-offs
Cat. no.
2000
KTCppppEB320 KTCppppEB420 KTCppppEB520
4000
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
KTCppppEB340 KTCppppEB440 KTCppppEB540

(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppEB5pp by
KTCppppEB7pp.
DD210803
KTCppppEBp20
DD210801
KTCppppEBp20
DD210802
KTCppppEBp40
KTCppppEBp40
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table below.
Trunking cross-section
Weight (kg/m)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
3L + PE
19
25
29
36
44
51
66
82
3L + N + PE
23
31
35
45
55
64
84
104
3L + N + PER
25
33
39
49
60
71
92
114
DD202180
Rating (A)
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9CE21010.indd
version: 1.1
67
Run components

dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Complete the catalogue number by replacing the "pppp" with the rating.
Example: a transport section 1000 A, length 4 m.
Catalogue number for 3L + N + PE: KTC1000EH640.
Straight sections with KH withdrawable tap-off units

Type
Length
"L" (mm)
Fixed
Number of Cat. no.

tap-off
3L + PE
units
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
2000
KTCppppEH320
KTCppppEH420 KTCppppEH520
4000
KTCppppEH340
KTCppppEH440 KTCppppEH540
DB402025
DB402102
KTCppppEHp20
KTCppppEHppp
DB402127
KTCppppEHp40
68
version: 1.1
K9CE21010.indd

IP55
Ordering
Important:
b add the dimensions of the selected component as a technical comment.
Example: the catalogue number of a 1350 A straght expansion unit, 3L + PE, 1000
mm long, is:
KTC1350DB310
Rating
DD210805
Straight expansion unit

Type
Length "L"
(mm)
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER(1)
Fixed
1000
KTCppppDB310 KTCppppDB410 KTCppppDB510
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppDB510 by
KTCppppDB710.
DD210806
KTCppppDBp10
KTCppppDBp10
DD210807
Neutral crossover length

Type
Fixed
Length "L"
(mm)
Cat. no.
1000
KTCppppTN410
3L + N + PE
DD210808
KTCppppTNp10
KTCppppTNp10
DD210809
Phase crossover length

Type
Fixed
Length "L"
(mm)
Cat. no.
1000
KTCppppTP410
3L + N + PE
DD210810
KTCppppTPp10
KTCppppTPp10
K9CE21020.indd
version: 1.1
69

dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
DD210811
Additional jointing units

Type
Cat. no.
Jointing unit
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
KTCppppYA3
KTCppppYA4
KTCppppYA4
DD210812
KTCppppYAp
DD210868
KTCppppYAp
DD210813
End covers
Type
End cover
Rating of the
trunking (A)
Height H of the
trunking (mm)
Cat. no.
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
KTB0074FA
KTB0104FA
KTB0124FA
KTB0164FA
KTB0204FA
KTB0244FA
KTB0324FA
KTB0404FA
KTB0ppppFA
DD210814n
KTB0ppppFA
Weight (kg/m)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
3L + PE
19
25
29
36
44
51
66
82
3L + N + PE
23
31
35
45
55
64
84
104
3L + N + PER
25
33
39
49
60
71
92
114
DD202180
Rating (A)
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
70
version: 1.1
K9CE21020.indd
Elbow components for changing

direction
IP55
Ordering
Important:
Example: the catalogue number of a 2000 A flat elbow, N1, 3L + N + PE with
dimensions A = 300 mm and B = 650 mm is:
KTC2000LP4B1, A = 300, B = 650.
Rating
Flat elbows
DD210815
Type
Fixed
Made to
measure
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
3L + PE
N1
KTCppppLP3A1 KTCppppLP4A1 KTCppppLP5A1
N2
KTCppppLP3A2 KTCppppLP4A2 KTCppppLP5A2
N1
KTCppppLP3B1 KTCppppLP4B1 KTCppppLP5B1
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
N2
KTCppppLP3B2 KTCppppLP4B2 KTCppppLP5B2

(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppLP5pp by
KTCppppLP7pp.
DD210822
KTCppppLPppp
DD210816
KTCppppLPpp1

Dimensions
Type
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
A
Fixed
All
300
All
300
Made to
measure (2)
301 to 799
(2) Only one llmb may be made to measure.
KTCppppLPpp2
B
300
301 to 799
300
DD210821
Flat elbows with made to measure angles

Type
Made to
measure angle
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
3L + PE
N1
KTCppppLP3C1 KTCppppLP4C1 KTCppppLP5C1
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
N2
KTCppppLP3C2 KTCppppLP4C2 KTCppppLP5C2
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppLP5Cp by
KTCppppLP7Cp.
DD210824
KTCppppLPpCp
DD210823
KTCppppLPpC1

Dimensions
Type
Rating (A)
Made to measure All
Dimensions (mm)
A
300
B
300
W
91 to 179
KTCppppLPpC2
K9CE22010.indd
version: 1.1
71
Elbow components for changing

direction

dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
DD210825
Edgewise elbows
Type
Cat. no.
Fixed
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
KTCppppLC3A
KTCppppLC4A
KTCppppLC5A
Made to measure
KTCppppLC3B KTCppppLC4B KTCppppLC5B
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppLC5p by
KTCppppLC7p.
DD210826
KTCppppLCpp
KTCppppLCpp

Dimensions
Type
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
A
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
Made to
276 to 774
275
measure (2)
1350
291 to 789
290
1600
301 to 799
300
2000
321 to 819
320
2500
341 to 839
340
3200
361 to 859
360
4000
401 to 899
400
5000
441 to 939
440
(2) Only one llmb may be made to measure.
Fixed
B
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
275
276 to 774
290
291 to 789
300
301 to 799
320
321 to 819
340
341 to 839
360
361 to 859
400
401 to 899
440
441 to 939
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
1000
Weight (kg/m)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
3L + PE
19
25
29
36
44
51
66
82
3L + N + PE
23
31
35
45
55
64
84
104
3L + N + PER
25
33
39
49
60
71
92
114
DD202180
Rating (A)
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
72
version: 1.1
K9CE22010.indd
DD210819
Edgewise tee
Type
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
Fixed
KTCppppTC3
KTCppppTC4
KTCppppTC5
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppTC5 by
KTCppppTC7.
DD210820
KTCppppTCp
KTCppppTCp

Dimensions
Type
Fixed
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
A
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
B
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
C
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
Weight (kg/m)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
3L + PE
19
25
29
36
44
51
66
82
3L + N + PE
23
31
35
45
55
64
84
104
3L + N + PER
25
33
39
49
60
71
92
114
DD202180
Rating (A)
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9CE22010.indd
version: 1.1
73
Zed components for changing

direction

dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Important:
Example: the catalogue number of a 1600 A edgewise zed unit, N2, 3L + N + PE
with dimensions A = 300 mm, B = 450 mm, C = 300 mm is:
KTC1600ZC42, A = 300, B = 450, C = 300.
Rating
DD202183
Flat zed units

Type
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
Made to measure
KTCppppZP3
KTCppppZP4
KTCppppZP5
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppZP5 by
KTCppppZP7.
DD202184
KTCppppZPp
KTCppppZPp

Dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
All
A
300
B
130 to 599
C
300
DD202185
Edgewise zed units

Type
Made to
measure
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
N1
KTCppppZC31
KTCppppZC41
KTCppppZC51
N2
KTCppppZC32
KTCppppZC42
KTCppppZC52
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppZC5p by
KTCppppZC7p.
DD202186
KTCppppZCpp
DD210827
KTCppppZCp1

Dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
A
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
KTCppppZCp2
74
B
90 to 549
90 to 579
90 to 599
90 to 639
90 to 679
90 to 719
90 to 799
version: 1.1
C
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
K9CE22020.indd
Edgewise and flat zed units

DD202187
Type
Made to
measure
Position of
neutral
N1
Cat. no.
3L + PE
KTCppppCP31
3L + N + PE
KTCppppCP41
3L + N + PER (1)
KTCppppCP51
N2
KTCppppCP32
KTCppppCP42
KTCppppCP52
N3
KTCppppCP33
KTCppppCP43
KTCppppCP53
N4
KTCppppCP34 KTCppppCP44 KTCppppCP54

(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppCP5p by
KTCppppCP7p.
KTCppppCPp1 and KTCppppCPp2
DD210828
DD202188
KTCppppCPp1
DD210829
KTCppppCPp2
DD202367
KTCppppCPp3 and KTCppppCPp4
DD210830
KTCppppCPp3
Dimensions
Rating (A)
KTCppppCPp4
A
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
(1) See the "Trunking crosssection" table below.
Dimensions (mm)
B
195 to 574
210 to 589
220 to 599
240 to 619
260 to 639
280 to 659
320 to 699
360 to 739
C
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
1000
19
23
25
1350
25
31
33
1600
29
35
39
2000
36
45
49
2500
44
55
60
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9CE22020.indd
3200
51
64
71
4000
66
84
92
5000
82
104
114
DD202180
Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
version: 1.1
75
Catalogue numbers
Canalis interfaces for Prisma

Plus LV switchboard
Canalis KTC
DD202304
Interfaces for Masterpact NW circuit breakers

Circuit
breaker
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
NW08/16
Fixed or
drawout
NW20/25
NW32
Fixed or
drawout
Fixed or
drawout
Top direct connection

DD202305
NW40
Fixed or
drawout
Cat. no.
3L+PE
No. of poles Connection

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
b
3P
3L+N+PE
4P
04716
3L+N+PER
4P
04716+KTB0164PE1
3L+PE
3P
04725
3L+N+PE
4P
04726
3L+N+PER
4P
04726+KTB0244PE1
3L+PE
3P
04735
3L+N+PE
4P
04736
3L+N+PER
4P
04736+KTB0404PE1
3L+PE
3P
04737
3L+N+PE
4P
04738
b
3L+N+PER 4P
For the position in the switchboard, see the "Installation guide".
04715
04738+KTB0404PE1
Number of modules required in the switchboard

Circuit breaker
NW08/16
NW20/32
Rear connection
Connection
Type of circuit
breaker
Number of vertical
modules (1)
Top direct
Fixed or drawout
27
Rear
Fixed
16
Drawout
17
Top direct
Fixed or drawout
28
Rear
Fixed
16
Drawout
17
Fixed or drawout
36
NW40
Rear
(1) 1 module = 50 mm.
DD202306
Interfaces for Masterpact NT and Compact NS circuit breakers

Masterpact NT
Circuit Type of
breaker circuit
breaker
NT06/12 Fixed or
drawout
NT16
Fixed or
drawout
Canalis
polarity
3L+PE

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
b
3P
04703
3L+N+PE
4P
04704
3L+N+PER 4P
04704+KTB0164PE1
3L+PE
3P
04703
3L+N+PE
4P
04704
b
3L+N+PER 4P
Top direct connection
04704+KTB0164PE1
Compact NS
Circuit Type of
breaker circuit
breaker
DD202307
Cat. no.
NS630b/ Fixed or
1250
drawout
NS1600
Fixed or
drawout
Canalis
polarity
3L+PE

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
b
3P
Cat. no.
3L+N+PE
4P
04704
3L+N+PER 4P
04704+KTB0164PE1
04703
3L+PE
3P
04703
3L+N+PE
4P
04704
b
3L+N+PER 4P
04704+KTB0164PE1
Number of modules required in the switchboard

Rear connection
Circuit breaker
Connection
Type of circuit
breaker
Number of vertical
modules (1)
Top direct
Fixed
17
Drawout
18
Rear
Fixed or drawout
16
NT16
Rear
NS1600
(1) 1 module = 50 mm.
Fixed or drawout
16
NT06/12
NS630b/1250
76
version: 1.1
K9CE23000.indd
DD202308
Interface supports and protection covers

Masterpact NW
Circuit
breaker
NW08/32
03561
DD202309
NW40
Type of circuit Connection

breaker
Supports Terminal
Cover
extension
bar supports
Fixed or
drawout
Top direct
03561
3 x 04694
04871 + 04861
Rear
03561
2 x 04694
04871 + 04863
Fixed or
drawout
Top direct
03561
04871 + 04861
Rear
03561
04871 + 04863
Masterpact NT
Circuit
breaker
04711
04712
04713
04714
NT06/12
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
Connection Supports Canalis/

Cover
circuit
breaker
connection
Fixed or
drawout
3P
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04852
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04853
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04852
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04853
3P
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04854
4P
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04854
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
Connection Supports Canalis/

Cover
circuit
breaker
connection
Fixed
3P
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04851
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04853
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04851
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04853
Top direct
03561
04711
04871 + 04852
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04854
Top direct
03561
04712
04871 + 04852
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04854
3P
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04853
4P
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04853
3P
Rear
03561
04713
04871 + 04854
4P
Rear
03561
04714
04871 + 04854
4P
NT16
Fixed or
drawout
Compact NS
Circuit
breaker
NS630b/
1250
4P
Drawout
3P
4P
NS1600
Fixed
Drawout
Arc-chute covers
Circuit breaker
Masterpact NT
Compact NS
K9CE23000.indd
Type of circuit breaker
Canalis polarity
Cat. no.
Fixed
3P
47335
4P
47336
3P
33596
4P
33597
Fixed
version: 1.1
77
Catalogue numbers
Canalis interfaces for Okken

LV switchboard
Canalis KTC
Interfaces for Masterpact NW circuit breakers
DD202310
Fitting the interface does not change switchboard modularity as fixed by the devices.
Circuit
breaker
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
NW08/16
Drawout
3L+PE

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
3P
b
3L+N+PE
4P
b
b
DD202311
Top direct connection (RDH)
Drawout
3L+PE
3P
3L+N+PE
4P
3L+N+PER 4P
NW32
Drawout
3L+PE
3P
87823
87824
87824+KTB0244PE1
87814
87814+KTB0244PE1
4P
3L+N+PER 4P
87815
Drawout
3L+PE
3P
3L+N+PE
Rear connection (RAR)
4P
3L+N+PER 4P
87825
87816
NW40
87822+KTB0164PE1
87813
b
3L+N+PE
87822
87812+KTB0164PE1
b
NW20/25
87811
87821
87812
b
3L+N+PER 4P
Cat. no.
87826
87816+KTB0404PE1
87826+KTB0404PE1
87827
87828
87817
87818
87818+KTB0404PE1
b
87828+KTB0404PE1
Interfaces forMasterpact NT circuit breakers

DD202312
Fitting the interface does not change switchboard modularity as fixed by the devices.
Circuit
breaker
NT08/16
Type of
circuit
breaker
Canalis
polarity
Drawout
3L+PE

of circuit
Top
Rear
breaker
direct
b
3P
b
3L+N+PE
4P
3L+N+PER 4P
Cat. no.
87811
87821
87812
87822
87812+KTB0164PE1
87822+KTB0164PE1
DD202313
Top direct connection (RDH)
Rear connection (RAR)
78
version: 1.1
K9CE23000.indd
Sealing kits
IP55
Interface supports
Circuit breaker
NW08/40
NT08/16
Connection
Cat. no.
Drawout
Top direct
87800
NW08/32 (1)
Drawout
Rear
87801
NT08/16
(1) For rear connection of the interface to a Masterpact NW40 circuit breaker, the supports are
supplied with the interface.
DD202314
Sealing kits for switchboard and Trihal transformer roofs with interface
Type
Sealing kit
Rating of the
trunking (A)
Height H of the
trunking (mm)
Cat. no.
1000
74
KTB0074TT01
1350
104
KTB0104TT01
1600
124
KTB0124TT01
2000
164
KTB0164TT01
2500
204
KTB0204TT01
3200
244
KTB0244TT01
4000
324
KTB0324TT01
5000
404
KTB0404TT01
KTB0ppppTT01
DD230215
Reinforced protective earth (PER) for Prisma Plus and Okken interfaces
Number of holes
Cat.no.
160
Height "H" (mm)
KTB0164PE1
240
KTB0244PE1
400
KTB0404PE1
DD230216
KTB0pppPE1
Thickness: 3mm.
KTB0pppPE1
K9CE23000.indd
version: 1.1
79
Feed units for switchboards and

oil immersed transformers

dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Complete the catalogue number by replacing pppp" by the rating.
Important:
b add the dimensions of the selected unit as a technical comment.
Example: the catalogue number of a 1250 A made to measure end feed unit, N2,
3L + N + PE, 235 mm long and with between centres J, K and M = 170 mm, is:
KTC1350ER42, A = 235, J = 170, K = 170 and M = 170.
Rating
DD210831
Straight feed units

Type
Fixed
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
N1
KTCppppER31
KTCppppER41
KTCppppER51
Made to measure N2
KTCppppER32 KTCppppER42 KTCppppER52

(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppER5p by
KTCppppER7p.
DD210832
KTCppppERp1, KTCppppERp2
3L + N + PE ou PER
KTCppppERp1
KTCppppERp2
DD230218
3L + PE
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table in the
following page.
(2) PE drilled diameter = 14 mm pour cables
with crimped lugs.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
Neutral
Dimensions (mm)
N1
N2
N1
N2
N1
N2
A
235
235 to 734
235
235 to 734
235
235 to 734
J, K, M
115
80 to 250
115
80 to 250
115
80 to 250
Y
230
230
350
350
510
510
Dimensions of connection pads

1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
DD202182
Rating (A)
Drilling for connection (mm)
Thickness of conductor = 6 mm.
80
version: 1.1
K9CE24010.indd
DD210833
Flat elbow feed units

Type
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
Made to measure N3
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
KTCppppER33
KTCppppER43
KTCppppER53
N4

KTCppppER7p.
DD210835
KTCppppERp3(3), 3L + N + PE or PER KTCppppERp4(3), 3L + N + PE or PER
DD210834
KTCppppERp3

(2) PE drilled diameter = 14 mm pour cables with crimped lugs.
(3) 3L + PE version, see page 80.
KTCppppERp4
Tableau of dimensions
Rating (A)
Neutral
1000 to 1600 N3, N4

2000 to 3200 N3, N4
4000 and 5000 N3, N4
Dimensions (mm)
A
200 to 534
200 to 534
200 to 534
B
300
300
300
J, K, M
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
Y
230
350
510
DD210836
Cut-out drawing for feed units placed directly on the device roof
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
1000 to 1600 230
2000 to 3200 350
4000 and 5000 510
U
K/2 + J + 80
K/2 + J + 80
K/2 + J + 80
V
K/2 + M + 80
K/2 + M + 80
K/2 + M + 80
For the 3L + PE version, consider M = J to calculate the Y quotation.
Weight (kg/m)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
3L + PE
19
25
29
36
44
51
66
82
3L + N + PE
23
31
35
45
55
64
84
104
3L + N + PER
25
33
39
49
60
71
92
114
DD202180
Rating (A)
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9CE24010.indd
version: 1.1
81
Feed units for switchboards and


dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
DD210837
Edgewise elbow feed units

Type
Position of
neutral
Made to measure N5
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
KTCppppER35
KTCppppER45
KTCppppER55
N6

KTCppppER7p.
DD210839
KTCppppERp5 (3), 3L + N + PE ou PER KTCppppERp6 (3), 3L + N + PE ou PER
DD210838
KTCppppERp5

(2) PE drilled diameter = 14 mm pour cables with crimped lugs.
(3) 3L + PE version, see page 80.
KTCppppERp6
Table of dimensions
Rating (A) Neutral
Dimensions (mm)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
A
175 to 509
190 to 524
200 to 534
220 to 554
240 to 574
260 to 594
300 to 634
340 to 674
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
N5, N6
B
275
290
300
320
340
360
400
440
J, K, M
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
80 to 250
Y
230
230
230
350
350
350
510
510
DD210836
Cut-out drawing for feed units placed directly on the device
For the 3L + PE version, consider M = J

to calculate the Y quotation.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
1000 to 1600 230
2000 to 3200 350
4000 and 5000 510
U
K/2 + J + 80
K/2 + J + 80
K/2 + J + 80
V
K/2 + M + 80
K/2 + M + 80
K/2 + M + 80
Dimensions of connection pads

1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
DD202182
Rating (A)
Drilling for connection (mm)
Thickness of conductor = 6 mm.
82
version: 1.1
K9CE24010.indd
Bar feed units, flat outlets

Cat. no.
3L + PE
DD202315
Type
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
Made to measure
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppER57 by
KTCppppER77.
Connection pad dimensions are identical to those of the feed units.
DD202316
KTCppppERp7
3L + N + PE ou PER
DB402690
KTCppppERp7
3L + PE

Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
Dimensions (mm)
A
235 to 734
235 to 734
235 to 734
P-Q
160 to 600
160 to 600
160 to 600
S - R ou R - S
160 to 600
160 to 600
160 to 600
Q, R, S minimum
80
80
80
Y
230
350
510
DD202317
Cut-out drawing for straight feed units connected directly to the device
For the 3L + PE version,

consider S = 0 to calculate
the V quotation.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
1000 to 1600 230
2000 to 3200 350
4000 and 5000 510
U = P + 80
if S > R, V = S + 80
if R > S, V = R + 80
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
1000
19
23
25
1350
25
31
33
1600
29
35
39
2000
36
45
49
2500
44
55
60
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9CE24010.indd
3200
51
64
71
4000
66
84
92
5000
82
104
114
DD202180
Rating (A)
Weight (kg/m)
version: 1.1
83
Rigid protective covers

dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
To order a protective cover onto which a feed connector is fitted, the parameters D,
G and Z, which depend on the feed connector, must be given.
Example: the catalogue number of a rigid vertical protective cover with dimension
Y = 350 mm intended for a feed unit with different between centre dimensions D, G
and Z (in mm) is:
KTB0350CR2, D = 330, G = 450 and Z = 500.
Rigid horizontal protective covers for feed units ER N1 to N7
DD202325
Important : when ordering a horizontal cover, make sure you indicate dimensions "D, G and Z"
with the catalogue number.
Rating (A)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
Dimensions "Y" (mm)

230
350
510
Cat. no.
KTB0230CR1
KTB0350CR1
KTB0510CR1
Weight (kg)
12.00
12.00
12.00
KTBppppCR1
DD202326
KTBppppCR1
Protective cover for ER N1 to N6 straight end feed connectors

Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions (J, K and M) of the
end feed connector bars to be protected.
The position of the neutral on the feed connector also determines the rule to be used for
calculating parameters D and G.
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the right:
D = K/2 + M + 100
G = K/2 + J + 100
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the left:
D = K/2 + J + 100
G = K/2 + M + 100
For the 3L + PE version, consider M = J to calculate the D and G quotations.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
G
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
Z
310 to 800
430 to 800
590 to 800
Protective cover for ER N7 straight end feed connectors

Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions (P, Q, R and S) of the
end feed connector bars to be protected.
Position of the neutral on the feed connector also determines the rule to be used for calculating
parameters D and G.
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the right:
D = max(R ; S) + 100
G = max(P ; Q) + 100
If the feed connector comes into the cover with the neutral on the left:
D = max(P ; Q) + 100
G = max(R ; S)+ 100
For the 3L + PE version, consider S = 0 to calculate the D and G quotations.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
84
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
340 to 1000
340 to 1000
340 to 1000
version: 1.1
G
340 to 1000
340 to 1000
340 to 1000
Z
310 to 800
430 to 800
590 to 800
K9CE24010.indd
Rigid vertical protective covers for feed units ER N1 to N7

Important: when ordering a vertical cover, make sure you indicate dimensions D, G and Z
with the catalogue number.
DD202321
400 to 800 mm high covers

Rating (A)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
Dimensions "Y" (mm)

230
350
510
Cat. no.
KTB0230CR2
KTB0350CR2
KTB0510CR2
Weight (kg)
40.00
40.00
40.00
DD202322
KTBppppCR2
KTBppppCR2
Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions (J, K and M) of
the end feed connector bars to be protected.
D = K/2 + J + 100
G = K/2 + M + 100
Table of dimensions for ER N1 to N6 straight feed units
Rating (A)
DD202323
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
G
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
Z
400 to 800
400 to 800
400 to 800
100 to 400 mm high covers

Rating (A)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
Dimensions "Y" (mm)

230
350
510
Cat. no.
KTB0230CR3
KTB0350CR3
KTB0510CR3
Weight (kg)
17.00
17.00
17.00
KTBppppCR3
DD202324
KTBppppCR3
Dimensions D and G are determined by the between centres dimensions of the end feed
connector bars to be protected.
Table of dimensions for ER N1 to N6 straight feed units
Rating (A)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
D = K/2 + J + 100
G = K/2 + M + 100
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
G
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
Z
100 to 400
100 to 400
100 to 400

Table of dimensions for ER N7 straight feed units
Rating (A)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
D = max (P ; Q) + 100
G = max (R ; S) + 100
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
350
510
D
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
G
220 to 475
220 to 475
220 to 475
Z
100 to 400
100 to 400
100 to 400
For the 3L + PE version, consider S = 0 to calculate the D and G quotations.
K9CE24010.indd
version: 1.1
85

dimensions
Adjustable protective covers for

IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
There is no need to add technical comments to the catalogue number ordered.
Adjustable protective covers for horizontal incomers
DD210872n
DD202871
Height adjustable cover for the fitting of a feed unit with between centre dimensions of
150 or 170 mm depending on the rating.
Rating (A)
Between centres Dimensions "Y"
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
"J, K and M" (mm) (mm)
1000 and 1350
150
230
KTB0230CR7
30.00
1600
150
230
KTB0230CR72 30.00
2000 and 2500
170
350
KTB0350CR7
36.00
3200
170
350
KTB0350CR72 36.00
4000 and 5000
170
510
KTB0510CR7
42.00
KTBppppCR5
KTBppppCR5
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
1000 and 1350
1600
2000 and 2500
3200
4000 and 5000
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
230
350
350
510
Z
565
565
825
825
905
X
450
450
650
650
650
A
830
830
890
890
960
B
750
750
810
810
880
E
330
330
350
350
460
F
125
125
265
265
185
G
365
365
485
485
645
Adjustable protective covers for vertical incomers

DD202869
Height adjustable cover for the fitting of a feed unit with between centre dimensions of
150 or 170 mm depending on the rating.
Rating (A)
Dimensions "Y"
(mm)
230
230
350
350
510
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0230CR8
KTB0230CR82
KTB0350CR8
KTB0350CR82
KTB0510CR8
30.00
30.00
36.00
36.00
42.00
DD210870n
1000 and 1350

1600
2000 and 2500
3200
4000 and 5000
KTBppppCR8
Between centres
"J, K and M" (mm)
150
150
170
170
170
KTBppppCR8
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
1000 and 1350
1600
2000 and 2500
3200
4000 and 5000
86
Dimensions (mm)
Y
230
230
350
350
510
Z
600
600
600
600
600
A
830
830
890
890
960
B
750
750
810
810
880
version: 1.1
C
345
345
460
460
625
E
330
330
350
350
460
K9CE24010.indd
Flexible protective covers

Cable boxes
IP55
DD202318
Flexible vertical protective covers for straight feed units

Covers for ER N1 to N7 straight feed units with between centre dimensions = 115 mm.
Rating (A)
Dimensions "Y" (mm)
Cat. no.
1000 to 1600
230
KTB0230CS0
2000 to 3200
350
KTB0350CS0
4000 and 5000
510
KTB0510CS0
It is recommended to use insulating sheaths KTB0000YF1 with connection braids
KTB0000YT1.
Weight (kg)
15.00
17.00
19.00
DD202319
KTBppppCS0
Table of dimensions
KTBppppCS0
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
1000 to 1600
2000 to 3200
4000 and 5000
Y
230
350
510
C
200 to 650
200 to 650
200 to 650
DD202320
Cut-out drawing for fixing the flexible vertical protective cover
DD202327
Cable boxes
Rating (A)
Dimensions "Y" (mm)
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
1000 to 1600
230
KTB0230BC01 15.00
2000 to 3200
350
KTB0350BC01 17.00
4000 and 5000
510
KTB0510BC01 19.00
Cable boxes are only to be used on ER N1 to N6 straight feed units with standard between
centre distances = 115 mm.
KTBppppBC01
DD202328
KTBppppBC01
Cable entry.
Aluminium plate to be drilled.
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
1000 to 1600
230
2000 to 3200
350
4000 and 5000
510
See table page 83 for connection pad dimensions.
K9CE24010.indd
version: 1.1
87
Feed units for dry-type

transformers

dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
Important:
b add the dimensions of the selected unit as a technical comment.
Example: the catalogue number of a 3200 A end feed unit, N2, 3L + N + PER, with
a between centre distance E = 550 mm, length N = 310 mm and phase order
T = 3N21 is:
KTC3200EL52, E = 550 mm, N = 310 mm and T = 3.
Rating
DD202329
N1 and N2 feed units for dry-type transformers

Type
Position of
neutral
Cat. no.
Made to measure N1
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
KTCppppEL31
KTCppppEL41
KTCppppEL51
N2
KTCppppEL32 KTCppppEL42 KTCppppEL52
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppEL5p by
KTCppppEL7p.
For an installation with flat mounted busbar trunking, add angle brackets between the
transformer and the feed unit, see page 91.
For fixing supports, see KTBppppZA4 page 98.
DD210330n
KTCppppELp1, KTCppppELp2
DD202331
KTCppppELp1
(1) See the "Trunking cross-section" table in the following page.

Table of dimensions
KTCppppELp2
Rating (A)
Neutral
1000 to 1600 N1, N2

2000 to 5000 N1, N2
Dimensions (mm)
E
N
390 to 700 195 to E - 195
470 to 700 235 to E - 235
X
160
200
Selecting phase order T
-1/2
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD230219
Views according to F
-1/2
-1/2
KTCppppELp2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
KTCppppELp1
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD230220
KTCppppELp2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Top views
KTCppppELp1
88
version: 1.1
K9CE24020.indd
N3 and N4 feed units for dry-type transformers

DD202333
Type
Position of
neutral
Made to measure N3
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
KTCppppEL33
KTCppppEL43
KTCppppEL53
N4
KTCppppEL34 KTCppppEL44 KTCppppEL54
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppEL5p by
KTCppppEL7p.
For an installation with flat mounted busbar trunking, add angle brackets between the
transformer and the feed unit, see page 91.
For fixing supports, see KTBppppZA4 page 98.
DD210335n
KTCppppELp3, KTCppppELp4
DD202334
KTCppppELp3

Table of dimensions
Rating
(A)
Neutral
Dimensions (mm)
E
N
390 to 700 195 to E - 195
1000 to 1600 N3, N4
F
0 to 200
X
160
KTCppppELp4
Selecting phase order T
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
-1/2
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD230221
-1/2
-1/2
KTCppppELp4
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
KTCppppELp3
-1/2
-1/2
KTCppppELp4
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD230222
Top views
KTCppppELp3
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Views according to F
See page 91.
K9CE24020.indd
version: 1.1
89
DD202340
Angle brackets for installing N1 to N5 feed units flat

Description
Rating (A)
4 angle brackets 1000 to 1600

+ screws
2000 to 5000
Phase width "X" (mm)
Cat. no.
160
KTB0000YE1
200
KTB0000YE2
DD210341n
KTB0000YE1, KTB0000YE2
KTB0000YE1, KTB0000YE2
Weight (kg/m)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
3L + PE
19
25
29
36
44
51
66
82
3L + N + PE
23
31
35
45
55
64
84
104
3L + N + PER
25
33
39
49
60
71
92
114
DD202180
Rating (A)
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
(1) Important: for the 800 A rating, indicate "KTC0800".
K9CE24020.indd
version: 1.1
91
Protective covers for dry-type

transformers

dimensions
IP55
Canalis KTC
Ordering
There is no need to add technical comments to the catalogue number ordered.
Adjustable vertical protective covers for EL, N1 to N4 feed units, edgewise mounting
DD202342
Type
Vertical cover
Position of neutral
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
N1, N2, N3 and N4
KTB0000CR4
24.00
Position of neutral
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
N1, N2, N3 and N4
KTB0000CR5
32.00
DD202344
KTB0000CR4
KTB0000CR4
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Z
Minimum
1000 to 1600
200
2000 to 3200
200
4000 and 5000 200
Maximum
350
350
350
Adjustable horizontal protective covers for EL, N1 to N4 feed units, flat mounting
DD202343
Type
Horizontal cover
DD202345
KTB0000CR5
KTB0000CR5
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Z
Minimum
1000 to 1600
330
2000 to 3200
330
4000 and 5000 330
92
Maximum
480
480
480
version: 1.1
K9CE24020.indd
DD202346
Horizontal protective covers for dry-type transformer N5 feed units

Type
Horizontal covers
Position of neutral Dimension "Y"

(mm)
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
N5
230
KTB0230CR6
38.00
350
KTB0350CR6
40.00
510
KTB0510CR6
47.00
DD202347
KTBppppCR6
KTBppppCR6
Table of dimensions
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
1000 to 1600
230
2000 to 3200
350
4000 and 5000 510
Z
Minimum
380
500
660
Maximum
530
650
810
DD230224
Cut-out drawing for dry-type transformer N5 feed units
K9CE24020.indd
version: 1.1
93

dimensions
Canalis KTC
DD202348
Connection plates
Type
Options
Number of ends drilled
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0000YC1
2.70
KTB0000YC2
2.70
with onde 1
KTB0000YC3
2.30
KTB0000YC4
2.30
KTB0000YC5
4.50
Uninsulated -
Connector plates for low voltage

switchboards
Connector plates for transformers
KTB0000YC1
KTB0000YC3
KTB0000YC4
DD202353
DD202352
KTB0000YC2
DD202351
DD202350
Insulated
1
Each connector plate is made up 5 x 1 mm thick sheets.
DD202354
KTB0000YC5
Determining the number of connection plates required
1500
2500
1500
3200
2000
4000
2500
5000
3000
Busbar trunking 1350 to

rating (A)
1600
DD210789
1000
2000
DD210788
1000
DD210787
1600
DD210786
1350
Connection
plates
94
Connection plates per phase

Number
Section (mm2)
DD206057
Busbar trunking rating

(A)
2000 to
2500
version: 1.1
3200
4000
5000
K9CE24030.indd
DD202355
Connection braids
Description
Connection braid
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0000YT1
2.80
DD202356
KTB0000YT1
KTB0000YT1
Determining the number of braids required
Busbar trunking rating (A)
Braids per phase

1200
1600
1200
2000
1200
2500
1800
3200
1800
4000
2400
5000
3000
Busbar
trunking rating
(A)
1350 to 2000
2500 to 3200
DD206056
DD210770
Braids
DD202376
Cross-section (mm)
DD210773
Number
1350
4000
5000
Insulating sheaths
DD230229
The YF conduit allows the various conductors of a connection performed with

braids or with bare copper foils to be insulated.
Installation is performed after complete assembly of the connection, with scratch
fastening for easier setup.
The insulating conduit is formed of a 2-metre plastic duct that can be cut to length
as needed.
Description
Insulating sheath
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0000YF1
1.00
DD202479
KTB0000YF1
KTB0000YF1
K9CE24030.indd
version: 1.1
95

dimensions
Canalis KTC
DD202363
Spacers
Description
Weight
(kg)
Connection torque nut kit
1 torque nut + 2 flat washers

( 60) + 1 elastic washer
( 55)
KTB0000YB1
Spacers for direct

connection
8 x 3 mm galvanized steel
spacers + 8 x 2 mm copper
spacers + 16 x M12 x 60 bolts
+ washers and nuts
KTB0000YB2
5.50
Spacer plates for connector

plate connections
plates + 16 x M12 x 60 bolts +
washers and nuts
KTB0000YB3
4.00
plates + 16 x M12 X 80 bolts +
washers and nuts
KTB0000YB4
4.00
Galvanized steel spacer plates

DD202366
Copper spacer
DD202365
Cat. no.
DD230233
KTB0000YB2
DD202364
KTB0000YB3
KTB0000YB4
96
version: 1.1
K9CE24030.indd
DD202359
Bar supports
Description
Bar support, 115 mm between centres
for bar of 5 or 10 mm
Cat. no.
Weight (kg)
KTB0000YS1
2.40
DD202360
KTB0000YS1
KTB0000YS1
DD202361
Bar clamps
Description
1 bar clamps
Dimensions of transformer Cat. no.

connection terminals (mm)
Weight (kg)
100
KTB0000YS2
6.40
120
KTB0000YS3
6.40
Order indivisible quantity: 8.

Each bar clamp includes 2 cross members and associated fixings.
KTB0000YS3
DD202500
DD202362
KTB0000YS2
KTB0000YSp
K9CE24030.indd
version: 1.1
97

dimensions
Canalis KTC
DD202372
Horizontal supports
Description
Rating
(A)
1 support from the bottom (2) Set of 2 supports from the

top for universal feeding of
dry-type transformer
Busbar trunking
height (mm)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KTB0000ZA1
2.80
1000 A
74
KTB0074ZA4
3.20
1350
5000
104 to 404
KTB0404ZA4
3.80
DD202370
KTB0000ZA1
KTB0000ZA1
DD202371
DD202368
KTBppppZA4
Table of dimensions
Height "H"
(mm)
74
104 to 404
Dimensions (mm)
A
74
86
B
160
186
C
110
136
(1) See "Busbar trunking cross-section" table opposite.

(2) Threaded rods, length = 2 metres, are supplied with the support.
KTBppppZA4
DD202369
Hooks
2 fixing grips are needed for each fixing point.
Description
1 fixing grip
Order indivisible quantity: 8.
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KTB0000ZA3
0.60
98
DD202373
KTB000ZA3
KTB0000ZA3
version: 1.1
K9CE25000.indd
DD202374
Vertical supports
Description
Fixings
Rating
(A)
Busbar trunking height

(mm)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
1000 to 2000
74 to 164
KTB0164ZA5
5.75
2500
204
KTB0204ZA5
10.02
3200
244
KTB0244ZA5
10.62
4000
324
KTB0324ZA5
11.82
404
KTB0404ZA5
12.58
DD202375
5000
For further detail see page 191.
KTB0164ZA5
KTBppppZA5
(1) Dimensions with free springs.

Table of dimensions
DD202499
Rating (A) Dimensions "Y" (mm)

All
50 < Y < 100
KTB0204ZA5 to KTB0404ZA5
Table of dimensions
Rating Dimensions (mm)
(A)
L
M
N
2500
202 205 152 to 202
3200
240 245 172 to 222
4000
322 325 212 to 262
5000
402 325 252 to 302
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9CE25000.indd
3200
4000
5000
DD202180
Rating (A)
version: 1.1
99
Accessories

dimensions
Fire-barrier kit
Canalis KTC
DB401570
Fire-barrier
Type
Fire-barrier kit
Busbar trunking
rating (A)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
Busbar trunking
height "H" (mm)
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
Fire barrier
length
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
650
Cat. no.
KTB074CF6
KTB104CF6
KTB124CF6
KTB164CF6
KTB204CF6
KTB244CF6
KTB324CF6
KTB404CF6
DB401571
The filler material around the busbar trunking must meet the requirements currently
in force to guarantee that the wall and ceiling fire-resistance class (for example
DIN 1045 and DIN 1053-1) is maintained.
Filler material not supplied.
The fire barrier kit can also be made up on site by the installer according to
Schneider Electric's drawings and specifications.
For further information, consult your sales office.
100
version: 1.1
K9CE25000.indd
63 to 100 A tap-off units from

Canalis KS range for modular
devices
Tap-off units with isolator, not equipped
Disconnection by opening the tap-off unit cover
System earthing
arrangement
Busbar trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT (1) TNC
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT (1) TNC
Tap-off polarity
3L + N + PE (2)
KSB63SMp8,
KSB100SMp12
Connection
DD205033
Tap-off diagram
(e.g. circuit breaker
protection)
Rating
(A)
Number of 18 mm
modules(3)
Max. size
(mm2)
Flexible
Rigid
63
On devices
16
100
12
On devices
35
L1 L2 L3 N PE
3L + PEN
DD205034
DD210454
Tap-off unit disconnection by opening or closing the cover should be carried out only if the
downstreamload is de-energised.
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Cable gland (4) Cat. no.

(not supplied)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
16
ISO 50 max.
KSB63SM48
KSB63SM58
2.40
35
ISO 63 max.
KSB100SM412
KSB100SM512 5.00
(1) The neutral must be protected or not distributed (3L+PE) for the IT system.
(2) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed, IT system also possible).
(3) Supplied with blanking plates:1x5 divisible (8 modules) or 2x5 divisible (12 modules).
(4) Maximum diameter for a multipolar cable.
DD210455n
DD202008
KSB63SMp8, KSB100SMp12
X = 432.5 (KSB63SMp8)
X = 545.5 (KSB100SMp12)
Cable exit
Centre line of tap-off outlets
(5) Protruding
Dimensions Rating (A)
A
B
C
D
E
F
K9CE26010_bis.indd
63
357
158
167
309
108
202
100
444
183
202
397
133
220
version: 1.1
101

Canalis KS range for modular
devices
Catalogue numbers
Dimensions
Canalis KTC
Tap-off units for NG modular devices, not equipped
System earthing
arrangement
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit

3L + N + PE (2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210452
Tap-off polarity
DD210452
DD202154
The cover of the tap-off unit may be opened or closed only when the circuit breaker
is in the Off position.
KSB160SMp13
Rating
(A)
Type of
circuit-breaker
160
NG125 ou NG160
Rotary handle
28060
Connection
Max. size
(mm2)

(not supplied)
Cat. no.
ISO 25 max.
KSB160SM513 8.50
Weight
(kg)
Flexible Rigid
Terminals
50
70
KSB160SM413
DD202008
(3) Maximum diameter by unipolar cable.
DD202155
KSB160SMp13
X = 625.5
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
102
version: 1.1
K9CE26010_bis.indd

Canalis KS range for Compact
NSX circuit breakers
Tap-off units for Compact NSX, fixed, front-connected circuit breakers, not equipped
System earthing
arrangement
KSBpppDCp
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit

3L + N + PE (2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating
(A)
Type of
circuit breaker
Connection
Max. size
(mm2)
Flexible
Rigid
160
NSX100 or NSX160 Terminals

Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
29338
50
250
NSX250
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
29338
Terminals
400
NSX400
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
32598
Terminals
DD210452
Tap-off polarity
DD210452
DD210461

(not supplied)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
70
ISO 25 max.
KSB160DC4
KSB160DC5
9.00
70
150
ISO 32 max.
KSB250DC4
KSB250DC5
12.50
150
240
ISO 40 max.
KSB400DC4
KSB400DC5
18.00
DD210462
DD202008
KSB160DCp
DD202008
X = 625.5
DD210463
KSB250DCp
X = 726.5
DD202008
DD210464
KSB400DCp
X = 976.5
4
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
K9CE26010_bis.indd
version: 1.1
103

Canalis KS range for Compact
NSX circuit breakers
Catalogue numbers
Dimensions
Canalis KTC
Tap-off units for measurements and metering, not equipped
System earthing
arrangement
KSBpppDCpTRE
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit

3L + N + PE (2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Connection
Max. size
(mm2)

(not supplied)
DD210452
Tap-off outlets
DD210452
DD210465
Rating
(A)
Type of circuit
breaker
Flexible
Rigid
250
NSX250
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
29338
Terminals
70
150
ISO 32 max.
KSB250DC4TRE KSB250DC5TRE 13.50
400
NSX400
Curve N, H or L
Rotary handle
32598
Terminals
150
240
ISO 40 max.
KSB400DC4TRE KSB400DC5TRE 19.50
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
DD202085
DD202008
KSB250DCpTRE
X = 726.5
DD202008
DD202086
KSB400DCpTRE
X = 976.5
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
104
version: 1.1
K9CE26010_bis.indd

Canalis KS range for NF fuses
Tap-off units with isolator for cylindrical fuses

System earthing
arrangement
KSBpppSFp
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit

3L + N + PE (2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
(e.g. fuse protection)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating
(A)
For fuses
(not supplied)
Connection
Max. size
(mm2)
50
NF 14 x 51
Type gG : 50 A max.
Type aM : 50 A max.
Terminals
25
100
NF 22 x 58
Terminals
Type gG : 100 A max.
Type aM : 100 A max.
50
DD210471
Tap-off polarity
DD210470
DD210466

(not supplied)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
25
ISO 50 max.
KSB50SF4
KSB50SF5
2.40
50
ISO 63 max.
KSB100SF4
KSB100SF5
5.00
Flexible Rigid
(1) The neutral must be not distributed (3L+PE) for the IT system.
(2) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed, IT system also possible only if N not
distributed).
DD210467n
DD202008
KSB50SFp, KSB100SFp
X = 432.5 (KSB50SFp)
X = 545.5 (KSB100SFp)
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
A
B
C
D
E
F
K9CE26010_bis.indd
50
356
153
167
309
103
202
100
444
178
202
397
128
220
version: 1.1
105

Canalis KS range for NF fuses
Catalogue numbers
Dimensions
Canalis KTC
Tap-off units with isolator for blade-type fuses

System earthing
arrangement
Rating
(A)
For blade-type fuses

(not supplied)
DD210472
Tap-off unit

3L + N + PE (2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Connection
DD210470
Tap-off polarity
KSB400SEp
KSB160SEp
KSB250SEp
Busbar trunking
Max. size
(mm2)
Cable gland
(not supplied)
Flexible
Rigid
DD210471
DD202012
downstreamload is de-energised. It is possible to install an OF contact triggered by cover
opening (see the "Accessories" section, page 110.
Cat. no.
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
100
Size 00
Terminals
50
50
ISO 63 (3) max. KSB100SE4 (5)
KSB100SE5 (5) 5.00
160
Size 00
Terminals
35
50
ISO 20 (4) max. KSB160SE4
KSB160SE5
11.00
Size 0
Terminals
35
50
ISO 20 (4) max. KSB160SF4
KSB160SF5
11.00
250
Size 1
Terminals
150
150
KSB250SE5
20.00
400
Size 2
Terminals
240
240
KSB400SE5
29.20
distributed).
(3) Maximum diameter for a unipolar cable.
(4) Cable gland for multipolar cable only.
(5) For 100A dimensions, see "Tap-off units with insulators for cylindrical fuses", page 105,
catalogue number KSB100SFp.
(1)
DD210473n
DD202008
KSB160SEp, KSB250SEp
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
(2)
(1)
6
X = 577.5 (KSB160SEp)
X = 777 (KSB250SEp)
160
450
257
300
395
207
32
32
182
250
600
308
400
548
258
32
32
192
DD202008
DD210474n
KSB400SEp
X = 855
Cable exit : (1) exit of KSB160Spp, (2) exit of KSB250SEp

(6) Protruding
106
version: 1.1
K9CE26010_bis.indd

Canalis KS range for DIN fuses
Tap-off units with isolator for screw-type fuses

Disconnection by opening the tap-off unit covert
System earthing
arrangement
KSBppSpp
Busbar trunking
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT (1) TNC (2)

3L + N + PE (2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating
(A)
For fuses
(not supplied)
Connection
Max. size
(mm2)
25
Diazed E27
Terminals
25
50
Noezd E18
Terminals
25
63
Diazed E33
Terminals
25
DD210471
Tap-off polarity
DD210470
DD210466

(not supplied)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
25
ISO 50 max.
KSB25SD4
KSB25SD5
2.40
25
ISO 50 max.
KSB50SN4
KSB50SN5
2.40
25
ISO 63 max.
KSB63SD4
KSB63SD5
2.40
Flexible Rigid
distributed).
DD202008
DD205037
KSBppSpp
X = 432.5 (KSB25SDp, KSB50SNp)

X = 545.5 (KSB63SDp)
Cable exit
(4) Protruding
A
B
C
D
E
F
K9CE26010_bis.indd
25 and 50
356
153
167
309
103
202
63
444
178
202
397
198
220
version: 1.1
107

Canalis KS range for DIN fuses
Catalogue numbers
Dimensions
Canalis KTC

System earthing
arrangement
Rating
(A)
For blade-type fuses

(not supplied)
DD210472
Tap-off unit

3L + N + PE (2)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Connection
DD210470
Tap-off polarity
KSB400SEp
KSB160SEp
KSB250SEp
Busbar trunking
Max. size
(mm2)
Cable gland
(not supplied)
Flexible
Rigid
DD210471
DD202012
downstreamload is de-energised. It is possible to install an OF contact triggered by cover
opening (see the "Accessories" section, page 110.
Cat. no.
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
100
Size 00
Terminals
50
50
ISO 63 (3) max. KSB100SE4 (5)
KSB100SE5 (5) 5.00
160
Size 00
Terminals
35
50
KSB160SE5
11.00
250
Size 1
Terminals
150
150
KSB250SE5
20.00
400
Size 2
Terminals
240
240
KSB400SE5
29.20
distributed).
(4) Cable gland for multipolar cable only.
(5) For 100A dimensions, see "Tap-off units with insulators for cylindrical fuses", page 105,
catalogue number KSB100SFp.
(1)
DD210473n
DD202008
KSB160SEp, KSB250SEp
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
(2)
(1)
6
X = 577.5 (KSB160SEp)
X = 777 (KSB250SEp)
160
450
257
300
395
207
32
32
182
250
600
308
400
548
258
32
32
192
DD210474n
DD202008
KSB400SEp
X = 855
Cable exit : (1) exit of KSB160Spp, (2) exit of KSB250SEp

(6) Protruding
108
version: 1.1
K9CE26010_bis.indd

Canalis KS range for BS fuses
Tap-off units for screw-mounted fuses

Disconnection by unplugging the tap-off unit
System earthing
arrangement
DD202014
KSB160SG4
Busbar trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT (1)
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT (1)
Tap-off polarity
3L + N + PE (2)
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Connection
DD210470
DD202013
Rating
(A)
For fuses
(not supplied)
Max. size
(mm2)
Cable gland
(not supplied)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
Flexible
Rigid
32
BS88 A1
Terminals
25
25
ISO 50 (3) maxi.
80
BS88 A1 or A3
Terminals
KSB32SG4
2.40
35
50
ISO 63 or
ISO 20 (3) maxi.
KSB80SG4
5.00
160
BS88 B1 or B2
Terminals
35
50
ISO 20 (4) maxi.
KSB160SG4
11.00
(2) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed).
KSBppSG4
DD202267n
DD202008
KSB32SG4, KSB80SG4
A
B
C
D
E
F
32
356
153
167
309
103
202
80
444
178
202
397
128
220
DD202008
X = 432.5 (KSB32SG4)
X = 545.5 (KSB80SG4)
DD202015n
KSB160SG4
X = 577.5
Cable exit
(5) Protruding
K9CE26010_bis.indd
version: 1.1
109
Catalogue numbers
Dimensions
Accessories for tap-off units

from Canalis KS range
Canalis KTC
Accessories for all tap-off units for modular devices
Designation
Description
Modular blanking plate Divisible set of 10 x 5
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
13940
0.08
Set of 12 label-holders (H = 24 mm,

W = 180 mm)
08905
Set of 12 labels (H = 24 mm, W = 432 mm)
08903
Set of 12 divisible labels (H = 24 mm,

08907
W = 650 mm)
(1) Self-adhesive support complete with transparent cover and paper label.
Adhesive label (1)
Accessories for all sheet-metal tap-off units

Designation
For tap-off unit
Cover contact
KSB100Sp to KSB400Sp
(break before opening)
110
version: 1.1
Order in
multiples of
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KSB400ZC1 0.03
K9CE26010_bis.indd
Bolted tap-off units from

Canalis KT for Compact NSX/NS
400 to 1250 A circuit breakers
Bolted tap-off units for Compact NSX/NS with front connections (1)
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating
(A)
400 to
630
NSX400 or NSX630
Rotary handle 32598
3 x 300
150
KTB0630CB3
KTB0630CB4
KTB0630CB5 35.00
800 to
1000
NSX800 or NSX1000 (3) 4 x 300

Rotary handle
33878
200
KTB1000CB3
KTB1000CB4
KTB1000CB5 45.00
240
KTB1250CB3
KTB1250CB4
KTB1250CB5 50.00
(2)
Max. connection capacity

(mm2)
DD210452
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
DD210451
3L + PE
DD230225
Tap-off polarity
Phases and neutral
1250 (4) NSX1250

Rotary handle
33878
4 x 300
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
PE
DD202451
(1) Installation KTAppppEBppp bolted section only.

(2) Circuit breaker and rotary handle not supplied.
(3) It is recommended a derating factor of 0.93 be applied when using a Compact NS1000
type L circuit breaker.
(4) IP31 only.
DD210462
KTBppppCBp from 400 to 1000 A
DD202497
KTB0630CBp
Table of dimensions
Dim.
A
B
C
D
E
400 to
630
860
350
300
547
315
800 to
1000
1130
550
330
710
510
DD230206
KTB1000CBp
Rating (A)
DD230207
From 1250 A
DD210880
KTB1250CBp
Cable exit
Center line of tap-off outlets
Axis of Canalis KT
Connection box to be fitted above or below
K9CE26020_bis.indd
version: 1.1
111

dimensions
630 and 1000 A bolted tap-off

units with switch-disconnetors
for DIN fuses
IP31
Canalis KTC
Bolted tap-off units with switch-disconnectors (1)

3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
protection)
L1 L2 L3 PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Max. connection capacity

(mm2)
DD230228
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
DD230226
3L + PE
DD230227
Tap-off polarity
Rating
(A)
DIN fuse size

(not supplied) (2)
630 (3)
T3
3 x 300
150
KTB0630HF3
KTB0630HF4
KTB0630HF5
54.00
1000 (3)
T4
4 x 300
200
KTB1000HF3
KTB1000HF4
KTB1000HF5
96.00
Phases and neutral
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
PE
DD230200
(1) Installation KTAppppEBppp bolted section only.

(2) Switch-disconnectors and rotary handle supplied.
(3) Derating coefficient to apply:0.8.
DD230223
KTBppppHFp
DD230203
KTB0630HFp
Table of dimensions
Dim.
DD210880
KTB1000HFp
112
A
B
C
D
E
Rating (A)
630
1108
480
300
786.5
315
1000
1438
690
330
1010
510
Cable exit
Center line of tap-off outlets
Axis of Canalis KT
Connection box to be fitted above or below
version: 1.1
K9CE26020_bis.indd
Coupling isolators from

1000 to 2500 A
Compact NS type NA coupling isolators

DD202377
Fits equally on ducting in a flat position, on the edge or vertically.

Tap-off unit door locking is achieved using a door key lock.
Rating Type of isolator Cat. no.
(A)
(supplied)
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
Weight
(kg)
1000
NS1000 NA
KTC1000SL31
KTC1000SL41
KTC1000SL51
150.00
1350 (1)
NS1250 NA
KTC1350SL31
KTC1350SL41
KTC1350SL51
165.00
1600
NS1600 NA
KTC1600SL31
KTC1600SL41
KTC1600SL51
(1) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppSL51 by
KTCppppSL71.
180.00
KTCppppSLp1
DD202381
DD230214
KTCppppSLp1
(1) Rated current : 1250 A.

Interpact INV coupling isolators

DD202377

(A)
(supplied)
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
Weight
(kg)
KTC2000SL41
KTC2000SL51
200.00
2500
INV2500
KTC2500SL31
KTC2500SL41
KTC2500SL51
KTCppppSL71.
210.00
2000
INV2000
KTC2000SL31
DD202378
KTCppppSLp1
DD202381
KTCppppSLp1
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9CE26030_bis.indd
3200
4000
5000
DD202180
Rating (A)
version: 1.1
113
Coupling isolators 3200 A

dimensions
Canalis KTC
Masterpact NW coupling isolators
DD230212
Notice: If the coupling isolator is installed on a horizontal busbar trunking the

device must be only used as a disconnector and without any accessories (MX, XF,
Motor MCH...).
(A)
(supplied)
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (1)
3000 (2) NW3200 HA

KTC3200SL31 KTC3200SL41 KTC3200SL51
KTCppppSL71.
(2) The use of this coupling isolator requires derating the busway run to 3000 A.
Weight
(kg)
360.00
DD205942
KTC3200SLp1
KTC3200SLp1
244
114
version: 1.1
K9CE26030_bis.indd
Protection of the run using

Compact NS circuit breakers
from1000 1600 A
Protection of the run using Compact NS circuit breakers
DD202377

Rating Type of
(A)
isolator (3)
(supplied)
Cat. no.
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER (4)
Weight
(kg)
1000
NS1000 N
KTC1000PL31
KTC1000PL41
KTC1000PL51
150.00
1350 (1)
NS1250 N
KTC1350PL31
KTC1350PL41
KTC1350PL51
165.00
1600
NS1600 N
KTC1600PL31
KTC1600PL41
KTC1600PL51
180.00
DD230214
KTCppppPLp1
DD202381
KTCppppPLp1
(1) Rated current : 1250 A.

(3) Manual fixed compact NS circuit breakers type N equipped with a Micrologic 2.0 control
unit.
(4) To order the 3L+N+PER version with reinforced Icc, replace KTCppppPL51 by
KTCppppPL71.
Protection of a run > 1600 A

To install protection of a run > 1600 A, consult your sales office.
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
K9CE26030_bis.indd
3200
4000
5000
DD202180
Rating (A)
version: 1.1
115
Special products

dimensions
Canalis KTC
For further information about the use and the dimensions, consult your sales office.
Double skin aluminium enclosure
DD210882
DD210884
For outdoor applications.
Reduction sections
DD210883
For reducing busbar trunking ratings.

Note: must be used in conjunction with appropriate protection.
Table of sizes
A
B
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
DD230234
Available.
DD210817
Edgewise elbow with made to measure angles
116
version: 1.1
K9CE27000_bis.indd
DD210885
4-limb zed unit
DD210881
Edgewise/flat elbow feed unit
On demand
b
b
b
b
K9CE27000_bis.indd
Surface treatment on conductors for corrosive atmospheres.

Special colours.
Seaworthy packaging.
etc.
version: 1.1
117
Canalis KH substitution by
Canalis KT

dimensions
new
KTC/KGF connection elements
Canalis KTC or KGF

Connection elements
Cat. no.
DB401490
Ratings
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
3L + N + PER
Weight (kg)
KTB0350HT01
KTB0350HT01
KTB0350HT01
63.00
KTB0350HT02
KTB0350HT02
KTB0350HT02
80.00
KTB0510HT01
KTB0510HT01
88.00
KTB0510HT02
KTB0510HT02
127.00
KTB0510HT03
KTB0510HT03
137.00
See the table

KTB0510HT01
below
KTB0510HT02
KTB0510HT03
KTB0pppHT0
DB402128
End feed units (E=115) are not included in the reference and must be ordered separately.
Table of dimensions
B
KTB0350HT01 850
331.5
518.5
300
300
600
258
208
466
KTB0350HT02 850
331.5
518.5
300
300
600
258
208
466
KTB0510HT01 890
310
580
300
300
600
329
306
635
KTB0510HT02 890
310
580
300
300
600
329
306
635
KTB0510HT03 890
310
580
300
300
600
329
306
635
DB402831
DB402830
KGF type Rating L busway KT type
Rating H busway H flange Connection ref.
KGF16
1600
166
KTC1600
1600
124
230
KTB0350HT01
KGF26
2750
238
KTC3200
3200
244
350
KTB0350HT02
KGF36
3750
310
KTC4000
4000
324
510
KTB0510HT01
KGF46
5000
382
KTC5000
5000
404
510
KTB0510HT02
KGF56
5000
454
KGF16
KGF26
KTC1600
KTC3200
Line extension with KT is not possible

KGF36
KGF46
KTC4000
KGF Polarity
KGF56
KTC5000
KTC Polarity
3L+PE
3L+PE
3L+1/2N+PE
3L+N+PE
3L+N+PE
3L+N+PE
3L+N+PER (1)
3L+N+PER
(1) Version with 120 mm2 cu conductor or entire conductor.
118
version: 1.1
K9CE27000_bis.indd
new
Preserved KH tap-off units

and substitution table
Plug-in tap-off units

Protection type
Isolator and fuse carriers
Polarity
Rating
Catalogue number
Status
Substitued by
3L+PE
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
KH016SD13
KH025SD13
KH040SD13
KH063SD13
KH016SD14
KH025SD14
KH040SD14
KH063SD14
KH016SD15
KH025SD15
KH040SD15
KH063SD15
KH063SD1530758
KH016SD24
KH025SD24
KH040SD24
KH063SD24
KH020SD33
KH031SD33
KH050SD33
KH005SD34
KH010SD34
KH020SD34
KH025SE341
KH031SD34
KH040SE341
KH050SD34
KH063SE341
KH005SD35
KH010SD35
KH020SD35
KH025SE351
KH031SD35
KH040SE351
KH050SD35
KH063SE351
KH020SD44
KH031SD44
KH050SD44
KH016SD541
KH025SD541
KH040SD541
KH063SD541
KH016SD551
KH025SD551
KH040SD551
KH063SD551
KH016SD542
KH025SD542
KH040SD542
KH063SD542
KH016SD552
KH025SD552
KH040SD552
KH063SD552
KH063SD841
KH010SD85
KH025SD85
KH040SD85
KH063SD85
KH063SD8502
KH040SD9502
KH063SD9502
KH0SD108919802
KH0SD108919803
KH0SD108920002
KH0SD108922201
KH0SD108922202
KH0SD107080401
KH0SD107076901
KH0SD107080402
KH0SD107076902
KH0SD1530710
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
KH025SD15
KH025SD15
KH063SD15
KH063SD15
KH025SD14
KH063SD14
KH025SD15
KH063SD15
KH063SD15
No
No
No
No
KH025SE351
KH040SE351
KH063SE351
KH025SE341
KH025SE341
KH025SE341
KH040SE341
KH063SE341
KH025SE351
KH025SE351
KH025SE351
KH040SE351
KH063SE351
No
No
No
KH025SD541
KH063SD541
KH025SD541
KH063SD551
KH025SD542
KH063SD541
KH025SD542
KH063SD551
No
KH063SD85
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
3L+NP+PE
Switch and fuse carriers
3L+PE
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
3L+NP+PE
Circuit breaker manuel
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
Circuit breaker electrical control
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
Muller Isolator
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
Muller Isolator + Pelha
3L+PEN
Dumeco switch
Other
3L+N+PE
3L+PEN
-
K9CE27000_bis.indd
160
250
400
630
200
315
500
50
100
200
250
315
400
500
630
50
100
200
250
315
400
500
630
200
315
500
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
160
250
400
630
630
100
250
400
630
400
630
-
100
60
100
60
400
version: 1.1
119
Design guide
new
Canalis KTC
Canalis KT
Preserved KH tap-off units
and substitution table
Bolted tap-off units

Protection
Isolator and fuse carriers
Polarity
Rating
Catologue number
Status
Substitued by
3L+PE
160
KH016SB131
KH016SB132
KH025SB131
KH025SB132
KH040SB131
KH040SB132
KH063SB131
KH063SB132
KH086SB131
KH086SB132
KH0SB331132
KH016SB141
KH016SB142
KH025SB141
KH025SB142
KH040SB141
KH040SB142
KH063SB141
KH063SB142
KH086SB141
KH086SB142
KH016SB151
KH016SB152
KH025SB151
KH025SB152
KH040SB151
KH040SB152
KH063SB151
KH063SB152
KH086SB151
KH086SB152
KH016SB241
KH016SB242
KH025SB241
KH025SB242
KH040SB241
KH040SB242
KH063SB241
KH063SB242
KH086SB241
KH086SB242
KH086SB331
KH086SB332
KH025SB331
KH025SB332
KH040SB331
KH040SB332
KH063SB331
KH063SB332
KH086SB351
KH086SB352
KH025SB341
KH025SB342
KH025SB441
KH025SB442
KH040SB341
KH040SB342
KH040SB441
KH040SB442
KH063SB341
KH063SB342
KH063SB441
KH063SB442
KH086SB341
KH086SB342
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
KH025SB131
KH025SB132
KH063SB131
KH063SB132
KH086SB132
KH025SB141
KH025SB142
KH063SB141
KH063SB142
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
250
400
630
1000
3L+N+PE
160
250
400
630
1000
3L+PEN
160
250
400
630
1000
3L+NP+PE
160
250
400
630
1000
Switch and fuse carriers
3L+PE
1000
3P+PE
250
400
630
3P+PEN
1000
3L+N+PE
250
400
630
1000
120
version: 1.1
K9CE27000_bis.indd
new
Bolted tap-off units
Protection
Switch and fuse carriers (cont)
Polarity
Rating
Catologue number
Status
Substitued by
3L+PEN
250
KH025SB351
KH025SB352
KH040SB351
KH040SB352
KH063SB351
KH063SB352
KH086SB5311
KH086SB5312
KH025SB5411
KH025SB5412
KH040SB5411
KH040SB5412
KH063SB5411
KH063SB5412
KH086SB5411
KH086SB5412
KH025SB5511
KH025SB5512
KH040SB5511
KH040SB5512
KH063SB5511
KH063SB5512
KH086SB5511
KH086SB5512
KH025SB5521
KH040SB5521
KH063SB5521
KH025SB5421
KH025SB5422
KH040SB5421
KH040SB5422
KH063SB5421
KH063SB5422
KH025SB5522
KH040SB5522
KH063SB5522
KH040DD411
KH0SB1393108
KH0SB1393132
KH0SA345794
KH0SB1041086
KH0SA1088568
KH0SA1088123
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Preserved
Preserved
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
Removed
No
No
No
No
No
No
KH086SB5411
KH086SB5412
KH086SB5411
KH086SB5412
KH086SB5411
KH086SB5412
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
400
630
Circuit breaker manuel
3L+PE
1000
3L+N+PE
250
400
630
1000
3L+PEN
250
400
630
1000
Circuit breaker electrical controle 3P+PEN
3L+N+PE
250
400
630
250
400
630
3L+PEN
Circuit breaker plug-out
3L+PEN
250
400
630
1000
Others
1000
1500
2000
K9CE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
121
Canalis KT

dimensions
250 and 630 A tap-off units from Canalis

KH range for Compact NSX circuit
breakers
new
Canalis KTC
Tap-off units for Compact NSX, fixed, front-connected circuit breakers, not equipped
DB402027
Plug-in tap-off units for extended rotary

Busbar
trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT TNC
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
TNC
3L + N + PE
3L + PEN
DD210452
Tap-off polarity
Tap-off diagram
KH0ppSD5pp
Rating Type of
(A)
circuit
breaker
Cable
Cable
capacity clamp on
2
(mm )
(mm)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DB401484
System earthing
arrangement (1)
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
250
NSX250 N/H/L 1 x 150
30...70
KH025SD541
KH025SD551
32.00
630
NSX630 N/H/L 2 x 300
2 x 30...70
KH063SD541
KH063SD551
45.00
(1) These units can be fitted either on Canalis KTC or KGF.
Plug-in tap-off units for motor mechanisme control 220 V 50 Hz (not supplied)
Busbar
trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT TNC
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
TNC
3L + N + PE
3L + PEN
Rating Type of circuit Cable

Cable
(A)
breaker
capacity clamp on
(mm2)
(mm)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
NSX250 N/H/L
control 31541
KH025SD542
KH025SD552
32.00
630
NSX630 N/H/L
control 32841
KH063SD542
KH063SD552
45.00
KH063SDppp
DD402104
DD402103
L1 L2 L3 N PE
250
KH025SDppp
DB401483
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Tap-off diagram
DD210452
Tap-off polarity
DB401484
System earthing
arrangement (1)
DB401483
x = 520
x = 646
122
version: 1.1
K9CE27000_bis.indd
new

KH range for NF fuses
System earthing
arrangement (1)
Busbar
trunking
TT-TNS-TNC-IT TNC
Tap-off unit
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
TNC
3L + N + PE
3L + PEN
DD210470
Tap-off polarity
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DD210471
DB402028
Tap-off disconnection by opening or closing the cover should be carried out only
if the downstreamload is de-energised.
L1 L2 L3 N PE
KH0ppSD1p
Rating
(A)
Fuse Cable
Cable
size capacity clamp on
2
(mm )
(mm)
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
250
1 x 95
1 x 30-70
KH025SD14
KH025SD15
37.00
630
2 x 185
2 x 30-70
KH063SD14
KH063SD15
56.00
DD402108
KH063SDpp
DD402107
KH025SDpp
DD202008
DD202008
x = 790
K9CE27000_bis.indd
x = 920
version: 1.1
123
Canalis KT

dimensions
new
100 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis

KH with disconnector Jean Muller
Canalis KTC
Tap-off units with disconnector Jean Muller
DB402115
System earthing arrangement (1)
Busbar
trunking
Tap-off unit
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
Ith (A)
100
250
Fuse
size
With MULLER disconnector
00
1
Cable
capacity
(mm2)
1 x 50
1 x 95
2
1 x 185
400
3
2 x 185
630
KH010SD85
TNC
DD210471
Tap-off polarity
TNC
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KH010SD85
KH025SD85
12.50
37.00
KH040SD85
KH063SD85
39.00
46.00
DB402116
KH010SD85
DB402118
DB402117
KH025SD85 - KH040SD85 - KH063SD85
KH040SD85
124
version: 1.1
K9CE27000_bis.indd
new

KH with disconnector Jean Muller
Tap-off units with disconnector internal arc tested IEC 61-641
DD401398
Busbar
trunking
Tap-off unit
3L + PEN
Tap-off diagram
Fuse
size
Ith (A)
400
630
TNC
DD210471
Tap-off polarity
TNC

2
3
Cable
capacity
(mm2)
1 x 185
2 x 185
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Cat. no.
Weight
(kg)
KH040SD9502
KH063SD9502
39.00
46.00
KH040SD9502
DB401399
KH040SD9502
Connecting box is equipped with a 30 to 70mm aluminium cable clamp.
DB401401
DD401400
KH063SD9502
KH063SD9502
Connecting plate is equipped with 4 plastic cable clamps.

K9CE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
125

dimensions
new
Canalis KTC
Canalis KT
250 to 630 A tap-off units from Canalis KH

range with Fupact INF fuse switch - IP43
Tap-off units from Canalis KH range with Fupact INF fuse switch
DB401471
Tap-off unit installed under voltage, unloaded, for KTC2500, KTC3200, KTC4000.
Functionalities
b Insulation and protection of the outlet by Fupact fuse-switch Schneider Electric

(supplied).
b IP43 for both mounting positions, above or below the busbar trunking.
TNC
Tap-off polarity
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
3L + N + PE
TNC
3L+ PEN
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating (A)
DB401476
KH0ppSE3p1
DD210470
Busbar
trunking
Tap-off unit
Ith (A)
Fuse size
(DIN 43653)
Cat. no.
DB401472
TT-TNS-TNC-IT
L1 L2 L3 N PE
250
250
KH025SE341
KH025SE351
400
350
KH040SE341
KH040SE351
630
500
KH063SE341
KH063SE351

Dimensions KHOppSE3p1
Dimensions (mm)
DB401480
KH025SEp1
KH040SEp1
KH063SEp1
569
569
665
700
760
765
590
590
620
165
165
165
255
255
285
550
550
650
Optional accessories
DB401475
Accessories
Cat. no.
Extension handle (for KH0ppSE3p1)
KH063ZA03
Cable box with 1 hole (for for KH025SE3p1)

(cable gland not supplied, to be ordered separately)
KH025ZA05

KH040ZA05

KH063ZA05

KH040ZA06

KH063ZA06
Cable gland (185 - 240 mm2) for cable boxes KH0ppZA05 and KH0ppZA06
KH063ZA10
DB401474
DB401473
Extension handle.
Cable box with 1 hole + cable

gland.
126
Cable box with 2 hole + cable

glands.w
version: 1.1
K9CE27000_bis.indd
250 to 1000 A fixed tap-off units for

Canalis KGF range, with isolator and fuse
carriers
new
Canalis KGF only
System earthing
arrangement (1)
Busbar
trunking
IT-TT-TNS
TT-TNS-TNC-IT (3)
Tap-off
unit
IT-TT-TNS
TT-TNS-TNS-IT (3)
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
DB401487
Cat. no. (4)
Weight Cat. no. (4)

(kg)
Weight
(kg)
250
1 x 150
1 x 30-70
KH025SB13p
46.00
KH025SB14p
48.00
630
2 x 300
2 x 30-70
KH063SB13p
71.00
KH063SB14p
75.00
1000
4 x 185
KH086SB13p
86.00
KH086SB14p
90.00
(1) To be installed only on Canalis KGF junction, do not use on Canalis KT.
(3) Also suitable for tap-off unit 3L + PE (N not distributed).
(4) The reference number ends with 1 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the identification label
side. The reference number ends with 2 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the opposite side to the
label.
Opposite of yellow label.
KH0ppSBppp
y
l
n
o
1
e
l
2
b
0
a
l
i
2
a til
v
A un
Fuse Cable
Cable
size capacity clamp on
2
(mm )
(mm)
In front of yellow label.
L1 L2 L3 N PE
Rating
(A)
DB402113
DB401486
KH0ppSB1pp
L1 L2 L3 PE
Tap-off diagram
DD230227
Tap-off polarity
DD230226
DB401455
160/250
Rating (A)
540
500
630
265
400/630
640
600
750
290
1000
650
485
300
120
Connexion equipment for type SB (2) tap-off units
Note: this equipment sould be ordered at the same time as the SB tap-off unit.
Type of busbar trunking SB tap-off unit (except 1000 A) SB tap-off unit 1000 A only
KGF 16
KH016CB
KH016CB311571
KGF 26
KH026CB
KH026CB311571
KGF 36
KH036CB
KH036CB311571
KGF 46
KH046CB
KH046CB311571
KGF 56
KH056CB
KH056CB311571
(2) The neutral must be not distributed (3L + PE) for the IT system.
K9CE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
127
Canalis KT
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new
Canalis KGF only
Fixed tap-off units for Canalis KGF

range, for circuit breaker NS630b,
NS800, NS1000
Fixed tap-off units for Canalis KGF range
Busbar
trunking
IT-TT-TNS
TT-TNS-TNC-IT
Tap-off unit
IT-TT-TNS
TT-TNS-TNS-IT
3L + PE
3L + N + PE
y
l
n
o
1
e
l
2
b
0
a 2
l
i
a til
v
A un
DD230225
Tap-off polarity
Tap-off diagram
L1 L2 L3 PE
DD210452
DB401485
b Tap-off units are installed in the joint of 2 elements (1).

b The link between tap-off unit and busbar trunking is realised by a set connecting
links (see below the complementary kit catalogue numbers).
b Connection of 3 cables maxi per phase (holes 14).
b Protection indice: IP31.
b Type of circuit breaker:
v extended rotary handle ref. 33878
v fixed device with Front connection.
L1 L2 L3 N PE
DB401487
DB401487
DB401486
KH086SB5p1p
In front of yellow label.
Rated
Control Type of
current In
circuit
(2)
35 C
breakers
1000 A
Manual
Opposite of yellow label.
N, H, L
MG
NS630b,
NS800,
Side
Cat. no. (3)
In front of
yellow label
KH086SB5311
Opposite of
yellow label
KH086SB5312 KH086SB5412 88.00
Weight
(kg)
KH086SB5411 88.00
(1) To be installed only on Canalis KGF junction, do not use on Canalis KT.
(2) The circuit breaker more than 1000 A, with the same dimension, cannot be used on these tapoff units.
(3) The reference number ends with 1 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the identification label side.
The reference number ends with 2 if the tap-off unit is mounted on the opposite side to the label.
Connexion equipment for type SB5 tap-off units

Complementary kit
y
l
n
o
1
e
l
2
b
0
a
l
i
2
a til
v
A un
128
Note: this equipment should be ordered at the same time as the SB tap-off unit.
Type of busbar
trunking
Cat. no.
Mounting position
KGF 16
KH018CB86NS
KGF 26
KH028CB86NS
KGF 36
KH038CB86NS
KGF 46
KH048CB86NS
KGF 56
KH058CB86NS
or
version: 1.1
K9CE27000_bis.indd
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means

of Canalis KT
DB401535
new
K9CE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
129
Catalogue numbers
and dimensions
new
Expansion of a Canalis KH line by means

of Canalis KT with a T-piece tap-off unit
DB401534
Canalis KTC
Canalis KH substitution
byCanalis KT
130
version: 1.1
K9CE27000_bis.indd
Mid KT line power supply with KH tap-off

units installed
DB401497
new
K9CE27000_bis.indd
version: 1.1
131
132
version: 1.1
K9CE27000_bis.indd
Contents
Design guide
Index
Introduction
Characteristics
3
17
35
63
134
Canalis KTC 3L + PE 134

Canalis KTC 3L + N + PE 135
Canalis KTC 3L + N + PER 136
Other characteristics
137
Determining the rating
138
Providing power distribution using Canalis 138
Sizing the busbar trunking
140
Protection of circuits supplied by several paralleled transformers
142
Coordination
144
Protection of busbar trunking against overloads 144

Protection against short-circuits 146
Circuit breaker/busbar trunking coordination
147
Non-limiting or time-delayed circuit breaker 147

Limiter circuit breaker 148
Protecting busbar trunking with a Compact NS circuit breaker
149
Selection guide
150
152
Harmonic currents
154
Direct current
156
Frequencies
158
400 Hz 158
Measurements and metering
159
Transparent Ready units 159
DEBU024EN_Design guide.indd
Fire resistance
162
Seismic resistance
164
Testing and commissioning procedure
166

Recommandations
171
231
version: 1.1
133
Characteristics
Design guide
Canalis KTC 3L + PE
Canalis KTC
Characteristics of run sections
Symbol
Unit
General characteristics

KTC10 KTC13 KTC16 KTC20 KTC25 KTC32 KTC40 KTC50
Compliance with standards
IEC/EN 60439-2
Protection degree
IP
55
Any installation (indoors only) is possible for the busbar truncking: edgewise,
flat or vertical. See test condition, page 153.
Shock resistance
IK
Nominal rated current at an ambient temperature of

35 C
Inc
08
Rated insulation voltage
Ui
Rated operating voltage
Ue
Operating frequency
Hz
c 50/60 (for 60 to 400 Hz AC or for DC, consult us)
Allowable rated short-time withstand current (t = 1 s)
Icw
kA
50
50
65
110
113
Allowable rated peak current
Ipk
kA
110
110
143
242
248
Maximum thermal stress I2t (t = 1s)
I2t
A2s 106
2500
2500
4225
4900
mW/m
0.041
0.029
0.024
mW/m
0.049
0.035
0.029
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
86
90
95
189
198
209
6400
7396
8100
9025
0.018
0.014
0.012
0.009
0.007
0.022
0.018
0.015
0.012
0.009
1000
1000
Short-circuit current withstand

Standard version 3L + PE
Conductor characteristics
Phase conductors
Average resistance at an ambient temperature of 20 C R20
R1
Average resistance at Inc and at 35 C
Average reactance at Inc and at 35 C and at 50 Hz
X1
mW/m
0.022
0.016
0.015
0.013
0.011
0.008
0.007
0.007
Average impedance at Inc and at 35 C and at 50 Hz
Z1
mW/m
0.054
0.039
0.033
0.026
0.021
0.017
0.014
0.012
PE = casing
Average resistance at an ambient temperature of 20 C
mW/m
0.203
0.178
0.164
0.143
0.126
0.113
0.093
0.080
Casing
(Equivalent copper cross-section)
mm
120
130
140
155
165
180
190
200
Fault loop characteristics

Fault loop
Ph/PE
characteristics at 20 C
Average resistance
R0 ph/PE
mW/m
0.688
0.566
0.509
0.435
0.378
0.335
0.279
0.238
Average reactance
X0 ph/PE
mW/m
0.666
0.489
0.410
0.315
0.247
0.196
0.147
0.113
Average impedance
Impedance
method
mW/m
0.958
0.748
0.654
0.537
0.452
0.388
0.315
0.263
Average resistance
Ph/Ph Rb0 ph/ph
mW/m
0.078
0.056
0.047
0.036
0.029
0.025
0.019
0.015
Ph/PE Rb0 ph/PE
mW/m
0.439
0.351
0.298
0.239
0.199
0.170
0.135
0.110
At Inc and Average resistance

at 35 C
Ph/Ph Rb1 ph/ph
mW/m
0.094
0.068
0.057
0.044
0.036
0.032
0.024
0.019
Ph/PE Rb1 ph/PE
mW/m
0.527
0.428
0.364
0.292
0.247
0.214
0.173
0.141
At Inc and Average reactance

at 35 C
and at
50 Hz
Ph/Ph Xb ph/ph
mW/m
0.040
0.029
0.024
0.019
0.015
0.013
0.010
0.008
Ph/PE Xb ph/PE
mW/m
0.426
0.329
0.275
0.212
0.170
0.141
0.106
0.084
At 20 C
Z0 ph/PE
Voltage drop
Line-to-line voltage drop, in volts (V) per 100 metres and per amp (A) at 50 Hz with load spread over the
run. For the case of loads concentrated at the end of a run, the voltage drops are double those shown in
this table.
For a cosine j of
V/100 m/A
0.0043
0.0031
0.0026
0.0019
0.0015
0.0013
0.0010
0.0008
0.9
V/100 m/A
0.0047
0.0034
0.0029
0.0022
0.0018
0.0015
0.0012
0.0010
0.8
V/100 m/A
0.0046
0.0033
0.0028
0.0022
0.0018
0.0015
0.0012
0.0010
0.7
V/100 m/A
0.0044
0.0031
0.0027
0.0021
0.0018
0.0014
0.0012
0.0010
kg/m
19
25
29
36
44
51
66
82
kWh/m
2.1
2.9
3.2
3.9
5.7
6.2
8.9
11.2
0.4
0.5
0.75
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.1
3.0
Average weight
3L + PE
Fire load value
Radiated magnetic field

Radiated magnetic field strength 1 metre from the
trunking
134
version: 1.1
K9CE39000.indd
Canalis KTC 3L + N + PE

Symbol
Unit

IEC/EN 60439-2
Protection degree
IP
55
Shock resistance
IK

35 C
Inc
08
Ui
Ue
Operating frequency
Hz
Icw
kA
50
50
65
70
80

Ipk
I2t
kA
A2s 106
110
2500
110
2500
143
4225
154
4900
176
6400
R20
R1
X1
Z1
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.041
0.049
0.022
0.054
0.029
0.035
0.016
0.039
0.024
0.029
0.015
0.033
0.018
0.022
0.013
0.026
mW/m
mm
0.203
120
0.178
130
0.164
140
R0 ph/N
X0 ph/N
Z0 ph/N
R0 ph/PE
X0 ph/PE
Z0 ph/PE
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.192
0.124
0.229
0.688
0.666
0.958
0.138
0.089
0.164
0.566
0.489
0.748
Ph/Ph
Ph/N
Ph/PE
Ph/Ph
Rb0 ph/ph
Rb0 ph/N
Rb0 ph/PE
Rb1 ph/ph
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.078
0.080
0.439
0.094
Ph/N
Rb1 ph/N
mW/m
Ph/PE
Ph/Ph
Ph/N
Ph/PE
Rb1 ph/PE
Xb ph/ph
Xb ph/N
Xb ph/PE
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
86
90
95
189
7396
198
8100
209
9025
0.014
0.018
0.011
0.021
0.012
0.015
0.008
0.017
0.009
0.012
0.007
0.014
0.007
0.009
0.007
0.012
0.143
155
0.126
165
0.113
180
0.093
190
0.080
200
0.116
0.075
0.138
0.509
0.410
0.654
0.089
0.058
0.106
0.435
0.315
0.537
0.071
0.044
0.084
0.378
0.247
0.452
0.062
0.040
0.074
0.335
0.196
0.388
0.046
0.030
0.055
0.279
0.147
0.315
0.037
0.024
0.044
0.238
0.113
0.263
0.056
0.057
0.351
0.068
0.047
0.048
0.298
0.057
0.036
0.037
0.239
0.044
0.029
0.029
0.199
0.036
0.025
0.026
0.170
0.032
0.019
0.019
0.135
0.024
0.015
0.015
0.110
0.019
0.096
0.070
0.059
0.045
0.036
0.032
0.024
0.020
0.527
0.040
0.065
0.426
0.428
0.029
0.047
0.329
0.364
0.024
0.040
0.275
0.292
0.019
0.030
0.212
0.247
0.015
0.024
0.170
0.214
0.013
0.021
0.141
0.173
0.010
0.016
0.106
0.141
0.008
0.013
0.084
1000
1000

Standard version 3L + N + PE
Phase conductors
PE = casing
Casing
Equivalent copper cross-section

Fault loop
Ph/N
Average resistance
characteristics at 20 C Average reactance
Average impedance
Ph/PE
Average resistance
at 20 C Average reactance
Average impedance
Impedance
method
At 20C
Average resistance
At Inc and Average resistance

at 35 C
At Inc and Average reactance
at 35 C
and at
50 Hz
Voltage drop
For a cosine j of
this table.
1
V/100 m/A 0.0043 0.0031 0.0026 0.0019 0.0015 0.0013 0.0010 0.0008
0.9
V/100 m/A 0.0047 0.0034 0.0029 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.8
V/100 m/A 0.0046 0.0033 0.0028 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.7
V/100 m/A 0.0044 0.0031 0.0027 0.0021 0.0018 0.0014 0.0012 0.0010
Average weight
3L + N + PE
kg/m
25
33
39
49
60
71
92
114
kWh/m
2.5
3.6
4.1
5.9
7.3
8.0
11.5
14.4
0.4
0.5
0.75
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.1
3.0
Fire load value

trunking
K9CE39000.indd
version: 1.1
135
Design guide
Characteristics
Canalis KTC 3L + N + PER

Canalis KTC
Symbol
Unit
Protection degree
Shock resistance
35 C
Operating frequency
IP

IEC/EN 60439-2
55
08
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
IK
Inc
Ui
Ue
f
V
V
Hz
Icw
kA
50
50
65
70
80
86
90
95

Ipk
I2t
kA
A2s 106
110
2500
110
2500
143
4225
154
4900
176
6400
189
7396
198
8100
209
9025
Icw
Ipk
I2t
kA
kA
A2s 106
65
143
4225
65
143
4225
85
187
7225
110
242
12100
113
248
12769
113
248
12769
120
264
14400
120
264
14400
R20
R1
X1
Z1
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.041
0.049
0.022
0.054
0.029
0.035
0.016
0.039
0.024
0.029
0.015
0.033
0.018
0.022
0.013
0.026
0.014
0.018
0.011
0.021
0.012
0.015
0.008
0.017
0.009
0.012
0.007
0.014
0.007
0.009
0.007
0.012
mW/m
mm
0.050
210
0.039
300
0.034
360
0.026
480
0.022
600
0.019
720
0.014
960
0.012
1200
R0 ph/N
X0 ph/N
Z0 ph/N
R0 ph/PE
X0 ph/PE
Z0 ph/PE
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.189
0.087
0.208
0.206
0.067
0.217
0.134
0.061
0.148
0.157
0.051
0.164
0.113
0.054
0.125
0.135
0.043
0.142
0.085
0.042
0.095
0.106
0.034
0.111
0.069
0.041
0.080
0.087
0.028
0.091
0.057
0.029
0.064
0.074
0.024
0.078
0.043
0.022
0.049
0.057
0.019
0.060
0.035
0.018
0.039
0.047
0.015
0.049
Rb0 ph/ph
Rb0 ph/N
Rb0 ph/PE
Rb1 ph/ph
Rb1 ph/N
Rb1 ph/PE
Xb ph/ph
Xb ph/N
Xb ph/PE
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
mW/m
0.083
0.087
0.105
0.099
0.104
0.126
0.028
0.043
0.050
0.058
0.059
0.077
0.071
0.072
0.094
0.020
0.032
0.040
0.048
0.019
0.065
0.059
0.060
0.080
0.017
0.028
0.035
0.036
0.239
0.050
0.044
0.045
0.061
0.013
0.021
0.039
0.029
0.199
0.041
0.036
0.036
0.051
0.011
0.017
0.023
0.024
0.170
0.034
0.030
0.031
0.043
0.009
0.015
0.020
0.018
0.135
0.026
0.023
0.023
0.033
0.004
0.011
0.016
0.014
0.110
0.021
0.019
0.019
0.027
0.006
0.009
0.013
1000
1000

Standard version 3L + N + PER
Reinforced version 3L + N + PER (optional)

Maximum thermal stress
Phase conductors
PE = internal copper protective conductor

Copper cross-section

Fault loop
Ph/N
characteristics at 35 C
Ph/PE
at 35 C
Impedance
method
Average resistance
Average reactance
Average impedance
Average resistance
Average reactance
Average impedance
At 20 C
Average resistance Ph/Ph

Ph/N
Ph/PER
At Inc and Average resistance Ph/Ph
at 35 C
Ph/N
Ph/PE
At Inc and Average reactance Ph/Ph
at 35 C
Ph/N
and at
Ph/PE
50 Hz
Voltage drop
For a cosine j of
this table.
1
V/100 m/A 0.0043 0.0031 0.0026 0.0019 0.0015 0.0013 0.0010 0.0008
0.9
V/100 m/A 0.0047 0.0034 0.0029 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.8
V/100 m/A 0.0046 0.0033 0.0028 0.0022 0.0018 0.0015 0.0012 0.0010
0.7
V/100 m/A 0.0044 0.0031 0.0027 0.0021 0.0018 0.0014 0.0012 0.0010
Average weight
3L + N + PER
kg/m
25
33
39
49
60
71
92
114
kWh/m
2.5
3.6
4.1
5.9
7.3
8.0
11.5
14.4
0.4
0.5
0.75
0.9
1.3
1.6
2.1
3.0
Fire load value

trunking
136
version: 1.1
K9CE39000.indd

Symbol
Unit

Choice of products when harmonics are present (see harmonic currents for more details).
Rated current according to THD3 (3rd order
distortion)
THD < 15 %
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
15 % < THD < 33 %
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
THD > 33 %
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
Allowable current as a function of ambient temperature

Canalis busbar trunking is sized to operate at an ambient air does not exceed +40 C and its average over a period of 24 h does not exceed
+35 C, above this value, the busbar trunking must be derated.
Where k1 = ambient temperature derating coefficient.
Ambiant temperature 24 hours average
C
35
40
45
50
Busbar trunking installed indoors
k1
k1=1
k1=0.95
k1=0.90
k1=0.84
Busbar trunking installed outside under an

aluminium roof
k1
Busbar trunking installed in a fire duct
k1
See "Busbar trunking installed outside under an aluminium roof"

on page 139.
Please, see your sales office.
Through-wall fire barrier
Tests performed in accordance with the requirements of NF EN 1363-1 and those specific to EN 1366-3.
Performance criteria
Fire integrity
Thermal
insulation
Without external fire barrier
120 mn
30 mn
With external fire barrier
120 mn
120 mn
Tap-off unit characteristics

Symbol
Protection degree
IP
Shock resistance
IK
Ui
Ue
Operating frequency
Hz
K9CE39000.indd
Unit
55
08
400 or 500 depending on protection device
50/60
version: 1.1
137
Design guide
Determining the rating
Providing power distribution using Canalis

Canalis KTC
Apart from extreme atmospheres, Canalis can be installed anywhere!
The order described below is only aimed at presenting the different stages for a
simple installation.
For a detailed design, it is necessary to use appropriate tools, approved by control
bodies, in compliance with local installation standards.
The Ecodial software, edited by Schneider Electric, meets this requirement
perfectly.
Design order:
1 Define run layouts.

2 Identify external influences.
3 Determine the current rating (Ib).
4 Calculate the nominal current (In) taking into account derating coefficients.
5 Choose the busbar trunking rating.
6 Check the rating with respect to allowable voltage drop.
7 Check busbar trunking overloads.
8 Check the rating with respect to short-circuit withstand current.
9 Choose the source and feeder circuit breakers.
1 - Canalis busbar trunking layout

The layout of the distribution runs depends on the position of the loads and where
the source is located.
Load protection is placed in the tap-off boxes, at the point of use.
A single and same Canalis busbar trunking supplies a group of loads of different
ratings.
Schneider Electric has tools you can use to help you choose the architecture best
suited to your application:
b the Idpro software to simulate the organisation of your electrical networks
b application orientated technical guides (car industry, data centers, shopping
centres, etc).
DD202142
2 - Identification of external influences

Protection degree
Canalis KT busbar trunking is IP55 and IPxxD by construction.
This protection degree protects the busbar trunking against:
b dust
b penetration by a 1mm diameter wire
b water projections from all directions.
It can be installed in almost all premises; for more details see the "Determining the
protection degree" pages.
Wherever the busbar trunking must pass outside the building, an aluminium
roof can be supplied; consult your Schneider Electric distributor for information
concerning this option.
Corrosive atmosphere
The busbar trunking has been qualified for industrial atmospheres.
For sulphurous atmospheres such as sulphur dioxide (SO2) and hydrogen sulphide
(H2S), there is a suitable Canalis KT solution; consult your Schneider Electric
distributor for more information on this option.
Example: paper mills, water treatment works, etc.
138
version: 1.1
K9CE31000.indd
DD210982n
Radiated electromagnetic fields
According to the WHO (World Health Organisation), exposure to radiated

electromagnetic fields above 0.2 micro Tesla can be dangerous causing a risk of
cancer over the long term. Some countries have standardised the limit: Sweden =
0.2 T, at a distance of 1 metre.
All electrical conductors generate a magnetic field, the strength of which is
proportional to the distance between them. The Canalis busbar trunking concept
(metal casing and conductors near together) helps to considerably reduce radiated
electromagnetic fields.
In specific cases where particularly low values are required (computer rooms,
hospitals, some offices), it is important to keep in mind the following:
b the induction generated around 3-phase distribution. This is proportional to the
current and the distance between the conductors, and inversely proportional to the
square of the distance with respect to the busbar trunking and the screening effect
of the case
b the induction generated around busbar trunking. This is less than the induction
generated around an equivalent cable distribution
b Canalis steel casing. This attenuates the induction more than an equivalent
aluminium casing of the same thickness (screening effect)
b the induction generated around busbar trunking with sandwiched bars. This is
particularly low because of the short distance between the bars and the additional
attenuation provided by the steel casing.
DD210066
3 - Determining the current rating (Ib)
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
Ib
In
Calculation of the total current (Ib) absorbed by a run is equal to the sum of the
currents absorbed by all of the loads.
The loads do not all operate at the same time and, as they are not continuously at
full load, a stacking or simultaneity factor Ks has to be taken into account:
Ib = Ib load x Ks
Ib
Stacking factor Ks depending on the number of loads according to

IEC 60439- 1
Application
Lighting, heating
Number of loads
Ks coefficient
Distribution (mechanic workshop) 2...3
0.9
4...5
0.8
6...9
0.7
10...40
0.6
40 and over
0.5
Caution: for industrial installations, remember to take into account future increases in the
number of machines. A 20 % reserve is recommended.
4 - Calculating nominal current (ln) by applying a derating coefficient

Ambient temperature
Canalis busbar trunking is sized to operate at an
average ambient temperature of 35 C, above this
value, the busbar trunking must be derated.
Example: Canalis KT 1350 A installed inside with an
ambient temperature of 45 C:
In = 1250 x 0.90 = 1215 A.
In u Ib x k1 = Iz
Type of
installation
Canalis
KT
Ambiant temperature 24 hours

average (C)
35
40
45
50
55
Busbar trunking
installed inside
All
0.95
0.90
0.84
0.79
Busbar trunking
installed outside under
an aluminium roof
KTC1000
0.97
0.95
0.90
0.84
0.79
KTC1350
0.96
0.93
0.89
0.84
0.79
KTC1600
0.94
0.91
0.87
0.84
0.79
KTC2000
0.96
0.93
0.89
0.84
0.79
KTC2500
0.93
0.90
0.86
0.82
0.78
KTC3200
0.85
0.83
0.80
0.77
0.74
KTC4000
0.87
0.85
0.81
0.78
0.75
KTC5000
0.86
0.84
0.81
0.78
0.75
Where k1 = ambient temperature derating coefficient.
Busbar trunking
installed in a fire duct
K9CE31000.indd
Please, see your sales office.
version: 1.1
139
Design guide
Sizing the busbar trunking
Canalis KTC
5 - Choosing the busbar trunking rating according to the nominal current ln
Nominal current
In (A)
Busbar trunking
0 to 1000
KTC1000
1001 to 1350
KTC1350
1351 to 1600
KTC1600
1601 to 2000
KTC2000
2001 to 2500
KTC2500
2501 to 3200
KTC3200
3201 to 4000
KTC4000
4001 to 5000
KTC5000
6 - Checking the rating with respect to allowable voltage drop.

The voltage drop between the start and all points of use must not be greater than
the values in the table below:
Lighting
Other use
Low voltage public distribution network
3%
5%
High voltage distribution network
6%
8%
Installation supplied by:
The allowable voltage drop is that which is compatible with correct load operation
(refer to manufacturers guides).
b Read voltage drop in V/100 m/A
for the busbar trunking chosen in accordance
with temperature rise.
b Determine the voltage drop for the worst case loads, i.e. those furthest from the
source and for the highest current.
If the voltage drop exceeds allowable limits, choose the next rating up.
Re-check the voltage drop for the new rating.
Voltage drop, in volts per 100 metres and per amp for 3-phase 50 Hz current with
load spread over the run. For loads concentrated at the end of a run (transport),
the voltage drops are double those shown in the table below:
Delta U
for evenly distributed loads (V/100m/A)
Cosine j = 1
0.0043
0.0031
0.0026
0.0019
0.0015
0.0013
0.0010
0.0008
Cosine j = 0.9
0.0047
0.0034
0.0029
0.0022
0.0018
0.0015
0.0012
0.0010
Cosine j = 0.8
0.0046
0.0033
0.0028
0.0022
0.0018
0.0015
0.0012
0.0010
Cosine j = 0.7
0.0044
0.0031
0.0027
0.0021
0.0018
0.0014
0.0012
0.0010
Example: for the KTC1600 A busbar trunking:

Ib = 1530 A
In = 1600 A
Length L = 87 m
Cosine = 0.8.
According to the above table, the voltage drop coefficient for 100 metres and per
amp is equal to 0.0028V/100m/A
.
0.0028 x 0.87 x 1530 = 3.72 V

For a voltage = 400 V, in percentages:
3.72/400 = 0.0093 that is to say 0.09 %.
140
version: 1.1
K9CE31000.indd
7 - Protecting against busbar trunking overloads.

To allow for extensions, the busbar trunking is generally protected at its nominal
current Inc (or its allowable current Iz if the ambient temperature coefficient k1 is
applied).
b Circuit breaker protection:
v adjust Ir of the circuit breaker such that:
Iz = Ib x k1 y Ir y Inc
Circuit breaker protection allows the Canalis busbar trunking to be used at full
capacity because the standardised nominal current In of the circuit breaker is
In y Inc/K2 where K2 = 1.
b Protection using gG (gI) fuse:
v determine the standardised nominal current In of the fuse such that: In y Inc/K2
v where K2 = 1.1
v choose the standardised rating In that is equal to or just lower.
Check the following condition: In u Ib x k1 = Iz.
If this condition is not met, choose the busbar trunking with the next rating up.
Note: using gI fuses for protection means reducing the busbar trunkings allowable
current.
8 - Checking the rating and choice of circuit breaker with respect to short-circuit withstand current
Short-circuit current withstand is shown in the table below.
This value must be greater than the prospective short-circuit current, at all points of
the installation.
b Calculate the short-circuit current value at the worst case points.
b Check the chosen rating allows the busbar trunking to cope with this short-circuit
current.
b If this is not the case, there are 2 possible solutions:
b choose a higher rating busbar trunking and re-check
b provide a peak current limiting protection system upstream of the busbar
trunking.
Standard version 3L + N + PE or 3L + PE
Unit
Allowable
Icw kArms/1s 50
rated shorttime withstand
current (t =1s)
50
65
70
80
86
90
95
Allowable
rated peak
current
110
110
143
154
176
189
198
209
2500
2500
4225
4900
6400
7396
8100
9025
Ipk k
Maximum
I2t
thermal stress
A2s.106
Reinforced version 3L + N+ PER

Allowable
Icw kArms/1s 65
rated shorttime withstand
current (t=1s)
65
85
110
113
113
120
120
Allowable
rated peak
current
143
143
187
242
248
248
264
264
4225
4225
7225
12100 12769 12769 14400 14400
Ipk k
Maximum
I2t
thermal stress
A2s.106
Canalis KT is more than sized to cope with short-circuit currents.

Some specific cases require checks to be carried out: transformers in parallel, low
rating Canalis installed close to a transformer, etc.
K9CE31000.indd
version: 1.1
141
Protection of circuits supplied

by several paralleled
transformers
Design guide
Canalis KTC
9 - Choosing source and feeder circuit breakers according to the number and rating of the supply
transformers
DD210981
The choice of a circuit breaker to protect a circuit depends mainly on the following
2 criteria:
b the nominal current of the source or the loads, which determines the appropriate
rating of the device,
b the maximum short-circuit current at the point in question, which determines the
minimum breaking capacity of the device.
For the case of several parallel transformers (1):

b the source circuit breaker D1 must have a breaking capacity greater than the
largest of the 2 following values:
v either Isc1 (short-circuit at B1)
v or Isc2 + Isc3 (short-circuit at A1)
b the feeder circuit breaker D4 must have a breaking capacity greater than Isc1 +
Isc2 + Isc3.
The table allows the following to be determined:
b the source circuit breaker, according to the number and rating of the supply
transformers (in the case of a single transformer, the table recommends a fixed
circuit breaker; in the case of several transformers, the table shows a drawout
circuit breaker and a fixed circuit breaker)
b the feeder circuit breaker, according to the sources and the nominal current
rating of the feeder (the circuit breakers shown in the table can be replaced by
limiter circuit breakers if the cascading technique is to be used with other circuit
breakers downstream of the feeder).
(1) To couple several transformers in parallel, the transformers must have the same Usc,
the same transformation ratio, the same coupling and the ratio of the power rating of the
2transformers must be less than or equal to 2.
DD210983n
Example:
3 incoming 1250 kVA transformers 20 kV/410 V (In = 1760 A).
Feeders: including one 2000 A feeder, one 1600 A feeder and one 1000 A feeder.
What circuit breakers should be fitted at the incomer and for the feeders?
b Incomer circuit breakers:
either the Drawout Masterpact NW20N1 or the Drawout NS2000N circuit breakers
can be chosen. The choice will depend on the options required.
b Feeder circuit breakers:
the NW20H2 for the 2000 A feeder, the NW16H2 for the 1600 A feeder and the
NW10H2 for the 1000 A feeder are to be chosen.
These circuit breakers have the advantage of providing discrimination (full
discrimination) with the NW12H1 or NS1250N circuit breakers.
142
version: 1.1
K9CE31000.indd
Calculation assumption:
b the upstream network short-circuit power is not defined
b the transformers are 20 kV/410 V
b between each transformer and corresponding circuit breaker there is 5 metres of
KT busbar trunking
b between a source circuit breaker and a feeder circuit breaker there is 1 metre of
bars
b the equipment is installed into a switchboard with an ambient temperature of 40
C.
Transformer
P (kVA) In (A)
Usc
(%)
Isc
(kA)
Source Source circuit breaker

min.
break.
cap.
(kA)
Feeder Feeder circuit breaker

min.
250 A
y 100 A 160 A
break.
cap.
(kA)
400 A
630 A
1 transformer
50
70
NSX100N TM-D/STR22SE
NSX100N
100
141
NSX100N NSX160N
160
225
NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N
250
352
NSX400N STR23SE/53UE
NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N
400
563
14
14
14
NSX100N NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
630
887
22
22
NS1000N NT10H1 NW10N1 Micrologic
22
800
1127
19
19
19
1000
1408
23
23
23
1250
1760
29
29
NW20N1 Micrologic
29
NSX100H NSX160N NSX250N NSX400N NSX630N
1600
2253
38
38
NW25H1 Micrologic
38
NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400N NSX630N
2000
2816
47
47
NW32H1 Micrologic
47
NSX100H NSX160H NSX250H NSX400H NSX630H
2500
3521
59
59
NW40H1 Micrologic
59
2 transformers
50
70
NSX100N NSX160N
100
141
160
225
11
250
352
18
400
563
14
14
28
630
887
22
22
44
800
1127
19
19
38
1000
1408
23
23
47
1250
1760
29
29
NW20N1 Micrologic
59
1600
2253
38
38
NW25H1 Micrologic
75
NSX100L NSX160L NSX250L NSX400L NSX630L
2000
2816
47
47
NW32H1 Micrologic
94
2500
3521
59
59
NW40H1 Micrologic
117
3 transformers
50
70
100
141
11
160
225
11
17
250
352
18
26
400
563
14
28
42
630
887
22
44
NS1000N NT10L1 NW10H1 Micrologic
67
800
1127
19
38
56
1000
1408
23
47
NS1600N NW16H1 Micrologic
70
1250
1760
29
59
NS2000N NW20N1 Micrologic
88
1600
2253
38
75
113
2000
2816
47
94
141
Usc values as defined in HD 428.
K9CE31000.indd
version: 1.1
143
Design guide
Coordination
Protection of busbar trunking against

overloads
Canalis KTC
Introduction
System performance is guaranteed by coordination between the Schneider Electric

circuit breaker protection and the distribution spread over the Canalis busbar
trunking.
Fully coordinated distributed electrical distribution perfectly meets the requirements
of safety, service continuity, system changes and simplicity.
In the following pages, we will explain the advantages of the Schneider Electric
system and Schneider Electric circuit breaker protection, as well as the selection
guide tables for coordination between the Schneider Electric circuit breakers and
the Canalis busbar trunking.
The use of Schneider Electric circuit breakers provides:
b protection against overloads and short-circuits
b coordination between the protective devices and the Canalis busbar trunking:
v full discrimination from 1 to 6300 A between all the circuit breakers of the
Schneider Electric ranges
v cascading:
- reinforcement of the small and medium power busbar trunking short-circuit
protective devices. This enables all short-circuit levels to be covered
- protection of tap-offs using standard circuit breakers: this is achieved whatever
the position of the tap-off unit on the Canalis busbar trunking
b the use of standard circuit breakers makes for simpler design whilst respecting a
high level of dependability
b fault location is quick and easy
b resetting is easy once the fault has been cleared by the site operator.
Adequacy between circuit breaker

ratings and busbar trunking
In order to take into consideration thermal overload protection of busbar trunking,

the different technologies of the protection switchgear and the maximum overload
operating currents must be considered.
By design, the thermal adjustment of a circuit breaker is more accurate.
DD210888
Fuse
b
v
v
v
v

b
b
Inc = Ib x k1 x k2
Ib : current rating
Inc : allowable busbar trunking current
k1 : temperature derating coefficient
k2 : derating coefficient linked to the type of switchgear:
- fuse k2 = 1.1
- circuit breaker k2 = 1.
Iz = Ib x k1.
In = I standardised fuse or circuit breaker.
Example:
For a current rating Ib = 1900 A in an ambient temperature of 35 C:
b fuse protection:

Inc = Ib x k1 x k2 = 1900 x 1 x 1.1 = 2090 A

The correct choice of busbar trunking is the KTC2500 (Inc = 2500 A),
b circuit breaker protection:

Inc = Ib x k1 x k2 = 1900 x 1 x 1 = 1900 A

The correct choice of busbar trunking is the KTC2000 (Inc = 2000 A),
A difference of 20 % in the measurement of operating currents results in an overrating of the busbar trunking of 10 % if it is protected by fuses.
DD210887
Circuit breaker
Explanations
b Calibration of thermal asymptotes:
v the distribution fuse is calibrated to operate for overloads of between 1.25 and
1.6 times its nominal current (In fuse)
v the circuit breaker is calibrated to operate for overloads of between 1.05 and
1.3times (1.2 for circuit breakers with electronic protection) its setting current (Ir
which is a function of circuit breaker In).
b Maximum operating current:
v the maximum limit for this current is set by installation standards (IEC 364,
NFC15-100, etc) at 1.45 times the allowable current of the busbar trunking.
In
144
version: 1.1
K9CE31000.indd
Thermal setting accuracy
b A fuse is for a fixed rating, a change in the current to be protected requires a

change of fuse.
The spacing between 2 fuse ratings is around 25 %.
The typical ratings are conform to the numbers of the "Renard" series.
Example: 40 - 50 - 63 - 80 - 100 - 125 - 160 - 200 - etc.
b The circuit breaker provides the possibility of fine adjustment:
v 5 % for circuit breakers fitted with standard thermal-magnetic trip units
v 3 % for circuit breakers fitted with electronic trip units.
A circuit breaker with a nominal rating of 100 A can be easily set to the following
values:
Ir = 100 A, 95 A, 90 A, 85 A, 80 A.
Example:
A circuit breaker with a nominal rating of 1600 A set at 1344 A would be used to
protect a KTC1600 (Inc = 1344 A) busbar trunking used in an ambient temperature
of 50 C (k1 = 0.84).
Setting range of circuit breakers fitted

with electronic trip units
Circuit breakers fitted with electronic trip units have the following setting ranges:
b thermal protection Ir adjustable from 0.4 In to In
b short-circuit protection adjustable from 2 Ir to 10 Ir.
DD210603
Example:
A 250 A circuit breaker (NS250N fitted with an STR22SE) can easily have the
following settings:
b thermal protection from 100 to 250 A
b short-circuit protection from 200 to 2500 A.
Example of setting possibilities.
K9CE31000.indd
Avdantages
This provides great flexibility for:
b modifications (flexibility), extensions (installation changes): the protective
devices easily adapt to the load to be protected and to the earthing system
(protection of personnel and equipment)
b maintenance, the use of this type of device considerably reduces the stocks of
maintenance components.
version: 1.1
145
Design guide
Coordination
Protection against short-circuits

Canalis KTC
Busbar trunking characteristics
The busbar trunking must meet all of the rules detailed in IEC 60439.1 and
IEC 60439.2.
The sizing of busbar trunking for short-circuits is determined by the following
characteristics:
b the allowable rated peak current Ipk (k).
This characteristic represents the busbar trunkings instantaneous electrodynamic
withstand limits. The peak current value is often the most restrictive instantaneous
characteristic for the protective device
b The maximum short-time withstand rms current Icw (kArms/s).
This characteristic represents the allowable temperature rise limit of the conductors
during a given time period (0.1 to 1s)
b The thermal stress in A2s.
This characteristic represents the instantaneous thermal stress withstand of the
busbar trunking. In general, if the short-circuit generates fault conditions compatible
with the first two characteristics, this constraint is "automatically satisfied".
Circuit breaker characteristics
The circuit breaker must satisfy the requirements of product construction standards
(IEC 60947-2, etc) and installation standards (IEC 60364 or those in force in
the country concerned), i.e. have a breaking capacity Icu (1) greater than the
prospective short-circuit current Isc at the point where it is installed.
(1) Installation standard IEC 60364 and construction standards specify the breaking capacity of
a circuit breaker as being:
- the ultimate breaking capacity, Icu, if it is not coordinated with an upstream protective device,
- the reinforced breaking capacity (cascading) if there is coordination with the upstream
protective device.
DD210986
Circuit breaker/busbar trunking system

characteristics
When the busbar trunking is directly protected, the circuit breaker must be chosen
as follows:
b Icu of the circuit breaker u prospective Isc at point A
b I peak of the busbar trunking u prospective asymmetrical or limited Isc at point A
b busbar trunking thermal withstand Icw u thermal stress through the busbar
trunking.
DD210987
When the busbar trunking is protected downstream of a cable, the circuit breaker
must be chosen as follows:
b Icu of the circuit breaker u prospective Isc at point A
b I peak of the busbar trunking u prospective asymmetrical or limited Isc at point B
b busbar trunking thermal withstand Icw u thermal stress through the busbar
trunking.
146
version: 1.1
K9CE31000.indd
Circuit breaker/busbar trunking

coordination
Non-limiting or time-delayed circuit
breaker
DD210988
This is applicable for non-limiting circuit breakers (instantaneous or time-delayed)

and time-delayed limiting circuit breakers.
These are mainly air circuit breakers (u 800 A).
This type of circuit breaker is used for time discrimination and is therefore often
associated with KT type busbar trunking.
DD210989
Current value of the 1st peak as a function of Isc rms.
It must be checked that the busbar trunking can handle the peak fault current to
which it may be subjected and the thermal withstand during any time delay.
The allowable peak current (I peak) of the busbar trunking must be greater than the
peak current value of the prospective asymmetrical short-circuit current (Isc asym)
at A.
The asymmetrical short-circuit current value is obtained by multiplying the
symmetrical short-circuit current value (Isc) by a standardised asymmetrical
coefficient (k).
It is the first value of the 1st transient asymmetrical peak of the short-circuit which is
taken into account.
Standardised table for calculating asymmetrical short-circuit values
Transient and established conditions of a short duration shortcircuit.
Isc: prospective symmetrical shortcircuit value

kA (rms value)
Asymmetrical coefficient
4,5 y I y 6
1.5
6 < I y 10
1.7
10 < I y 20
2.0
20 < I y 50
2.1
50 < I
2.2
Example:
For a circuit with a prospective short-circuit current of 50 kA rms, the 1st peak
reaches 105 k (50 kA x 2.1), see figure opposite.
DD210990n
The short-time withstand value (Icw) of the busbar trunking must be greater than
the current flowing through the installation during the duration of the short-circuit
(Isc) (duration T - total breaking time - including any time delay).
At point A, the prospective short-circuit current is 117 KArms.

To meet this constraint, a reinforced KTC4000 is needed because:
Icw KTC4000 > Isc prospective at point A.
The Icw or IPK values of standard or reinforced KTC trunking allow the easy
construction of circuits with time discrimination, even with high short-circuit values.
K9CE31000.indd
version: 1.1
147
Circuit breaker/busbar trunking

coordination
Design guide
Limiter circuit breaker

Canalis KTC
This is mainly applicable to the protection of busbar trunking using moulded case
circuit breakers (y 1600 A).
This type of circuit breaker is used for energy discrimination and is therefore often
associated with Canalis KTC.
DD210991
Here, it has to be checked that the busbar trunking can cope with the peak current
(Ipk) limited by the protective device and the corresponding thermal stress (As):
b the peak current (I peak), once limited by the circuit breaker, must be less than
the allowable peak current value of the busbar trunking
b the thermal stress, once limited by the circuit breaker, must be less than the
allowable thermal stress of the busbar trunking.
DD210992
Checking peak I withstand of the busbar trunking.
Checking As withstand of the busbar trunking.
148
version: 1.1
K9CE31000.indd
Protecting busbar trunking with

a Compact NS circuit breaker
Limiting capacity
Compact NS circuit breakers are high current limiting circuit breakers.

The limiting capacity of a circuit breaker is its capacity to only allow a limited
current (IL) to flow in the event of a short-circuit. This limited current being less
than the prospective asymmetrical peak short-circuit current (Isc).
This greatly reduces the electrodynamic and thermal constraints on the installation
to be protected.
Applying limiting capacity to busbar

trunking protection
Even if this combination is less frequent than for KS busbar trunking, some KT
ratings can benefit from the association with a limiter circuit breaker.
DD210993nC
High power installation

If the circuit breakers limiting capacity is not taken into account:
b the prospective short-circuit current value (Isc) at point A would be 121 k
b KTC1600 would be the appropriate choice of busbar trunking.
If the limiting capacity of the Compact NS1000L is taken into account, the limited
Ipk is 50 k < 110 k of the KTC1000 busbar trunking.
Because of the high limiting capacity of the Compact NS1000L, a KTC1000 busbar
trunking can be installed into a prospective short-circuit current at point A of 150 kA
rms or 300 k.
K9CE31000.indd
version: 1.1
149
Design guide
Selection guide
Canalis KTC
The selection guide below will, according to the prospective short-circuit current of
the installation, allow you to determine the type of circuit breaker needed to fully
protect the busbar trunking.
For a voltage of 380/415 V

Max. Isc current in kA rms KTC1000
Circuit breakers
Example: for an installation with a prospective Isc of 55 kA, the circuit breaker
needed to protect a KTC1350 A busbar trunking is a NW10L1 or NW12L1 (the
rating depends on the circuits nominal current).
42 kA
50 kA
60 kA
150 kA
NT1.H1
NS800N/H
NW10L1
NS1000L
NW1.N1
NS1000N/H
NW12L1
NT10L1
NS1200N/H
NT.H2
NW1.H1/H2

Circuit breakers
42 kA
50 kA
55 kA
150 kA
NT1.H1
NS1000N/H
NW10L1
NS1000L
NW1.N1
NS1200N/H
NW12L1
NT10L1
NS1600N/H
NT.H2
NT.H2

Circuit breakers
42 kA
50 kA
60 kA
80 kA
NT12H1
NS1200N
NS1200H
NW12L1
NT16H1
NS1600N
NS1600H
NW16L1
NW12N1
NT12H2
NW12H1/H2
NW20L1
NW16N1
NT16H2
NW16H1/H2
NW20N1

Circuit breakers
NW2.H1/H2
42 kA
50 kA
65 kA
72 kA
110 kA
NT16H1
NS1600N
NW16H1
NW16H2
NW16L1
NW16N1
NT16H2
NW2.H1
NW2.H2
NW20L1
NW20N1

Circuit breakers
NW25H3
42 kA
65 kA
80 kA
150 kA
NW20N1
NW2.H1
NW40bH1
NW16L1
NW32H1
NW2.H2
NW20L1
NW40H1
NW32H2
NW40H2
NW..H3

Circuit breakers
65 kA
86 kA
150 kA
NW25H1
NW40bH1
NW20L1
NW32H1
NW2.H2
NW40H1
NW32H2
NW40H2
NW..H3

Circuit breakers
65 kA
90 kA
NW32H1
NW40bH1
NW40H1
NW50H1
NW32H2
NW40H2
NW50H2
NW32H3
NW40H3

Circuit breakers
95 kA
NW40bH1/H2
NW40H2/H3
NW50H1/H2
NW63H1/H2
150
version: 1.1
K9CE31000.indd
For a voltage of 660/690 V

Max. Isc current in kA rms
KTC1000
Circuit breakers
25 kA
28 kA
30 kA
40 kA
NS1000L
NS1600bN
NS1000N
NS1000H
NS1200N
NS1200H
NS1600N
NS1600H
NT10L1
NT1.H1/H2
NW..N1
NW1.H1/H2
NW10L1
NW12L1

KTC1350
Circuit breakers
25 kA
30 kA
38 kA
42 kA
50 kA
NS1000L
NS1000N
NS1600bN
NS1000H
NW1.H1
NT10L1
NS1200N
NS1200H
NW1.H2
NS1600N
NS1600H
NW10L1
NT1.H1/H2
NW12L1
NW..N1

KTC1600
Circuit breakers
42 kA
60 kA
65 kA
NT12H.
NS1600bN
NW..L1
NT16H.
NS2000N
NW12N1
NW12H1/H2
NW16N1
NW16H1/H2
NW20N1
NW20H1/H2
NW25H3

KTC2000
Circuit breakers
42 kA
65 kA
72 kA
100 kA
NT16H1/H2
NS1600bN
NW16H2
NW16L1
NW16N1
NS2000N
NW20H2
NW20L1
NW20N1
NS2500N
NW25H2/H3
NW16H1
NW20H1
NW25H1

KTC2500
Circuit breakers
42 kA
65 kA
80 kA
100 kA
NW20N1
NS2000N
NW40bH1
NW16L1
NS2500N
NW25H2/H3
NW20L1
NS3200N
NW32H2/H3
NW20H1
NW40H2/H3
NW25H1
NW40bH2
NW32H1
NW40H1

KTC3200
Circuit breakers

KTC4000
Circuit breakers
65 kA
85 kA
NS2500N
NW40bH1
NS3200N
NW2.H2/H3
NW25H1
NW32H2/H3
NW32H1
NW40H2
NW40H1
NW40bH2
65 kA
85 kA
90 kA
NS3200N
NW32H2
NW40bH1
NW32H1
NW40H2
NW50H1
NW40H1
NW40bH2
NW50H2
NW32H3
NW40H3

KTC5000
Circuit breakers
95 kA
NW40bH1/H2
NW40H2/H3
NW50H1/H2
NW63H1/H2
K9CE31000.indd
version: 1.1
151
Design guide
Canalis KTC
Standard IEC 60364-5-51 categorises a large number of external influences to
which electrical installations can be subjected, for instance the presence of water,
solid objects, shocks, vibrations and corrosive substances.
The importance of these influences depends on the installation conditions. For
example, the presence of water can vary from a few drops to total immersion.
Degree of protection IP
Standard IEC 60529 (February 2001) indicates the degree of protection provided
by electrical equipment enclosures against accidental direct contact with live parts
and against the ingress of solid foreign objects or water.
This standard does not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or
conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin.
The IP code comprises 2 characteristic numerals and may include an additional
letter when the actual protection of persons against direct contact with live parts is
better than that indicated by the first numeral.
The first numeral characterises the protection of the equipment against penetration
of solid objects and the protection of people.
The second numeral characterises the protection of the equipment against
penetration of water with harmful effects.
Remarks concerning the degree of protection IP
The degree of protection IP must always be read and understood numeral by

numeral and not as a whole.
For example, an IP31 enclosure is suitable for an environment that requires a
minimum degree of protection IP21. However an IP30 wall-mount enclosure is not
suitable.
The degrees of protection indicated in this catalogue are valid for the enclosures
as presented. However, the indicated degree of protection is guaranteed only when
the installation and device mounting are carried out in accordance with professional
standard practice.
Additional letter
Protection of persons against direct contact with live parts.

The additional letter is used only if the actual protection of persons is higher than
that indicated by the first characteristic numeral of the IP code.
If only the protection of persons is of interest, the two characteristic numerals are
replaced by the letter "X", e.g. IPxxB.
Degree of protection IK
Standard IEC 62-262 defines a coding system (IK code) indicating the degree of
protection provided by electrical equipment enclosures against external mechanical
impact.
Installation standard IEC 60-364 provides a cross-reference between the various
degrees of protection and the environmental conditions classification, relating to
the selection of equipment according to external factors.
IK codepp
The IK code comprises 2 characteristic numerals (e.g. IK05).

Practical guide UTE C 15-103 shows, in the form of tables, the characteristics
required for electrical equipment (including minimum degrees of protection),
according to the locations in which they are installed.
152
version: 1.1
K9CE32000.indd
The new Canalis KTC busbar trunking products are designed to provide IP55D and
IK08 protection.
DD202437
Meaning of the numerals and letters

representing the degree of protection IP.
Non-protected.
Non-protected.
Protected against the

penetration of solid objects
having a diameter greater than
or equal to 50 mm.
Protected against direct

contact with the back of the
hand (accidental contact).
DD210014
Protected against vertical

dripping water (condensation).

or equal to 12.5 mm.

finger contact.
DD210015
Protected against dripping

water at an angle of up to 15.

or equal to 2.5 mm.

contact with a 2.5 mm
diameter tool.
DD210016
Protected against rain at an

angle of up to 60.

1 mm.

contact with a 1 mm diameter
wire.
DD210017
Protected against splashing

water in all directions.
DD210009

wire.
Protected against water jets

in all directions.
Test duration: 1 mn/m casing
DD210010

wire.
Protected against powerful jets

of water and waves.
DD210011
Protected against the effects of

temporary immersion.
DD210012
Protected against the effects

of prolonged immersion under
specified conditions.
DD210013
Dust protected
(no harmful deposits).
Dust tight.
DD210008
DD210007
DD210006
Non-protected.
DD210018
2nd characteristic numeral: corresponds to

protection of equipment against penetration of
water with harmful effects.
Protection of equipment
DD210019
1st characteristic numeral: corresponds to protection of equipment against

penetration of solid objects and protection of persons against direct contact with
live parts.
Protection of equipment Protection of persons
Additional letter
Corresponds to protection of persons against direct contact with
live parts.
With the back of the hand.
B
C
D
With the finger.

With a 2.5 mm diameter tool
With a 1 mm diameter tool
Degrees of protection IK against mechanical impact
DD210533
The IK code comprises 2 characteristic numerals corresponding

to a value of impact energy, in joules.
Weight
(kg)
00
Non-protected
01
0.20
Energy
(J)
7.50
0.15
02
10
0.20
03
17.50
0.35
04
25
0.50
05
35
0.70
0.50
20
40
08
1.70
30
09
20
10
40
20
06
07
10
K9CE32000.indd
Height
(cm)
version: 1.1
153
Harmonic currents
Design guide
Canalis KTC
Harmonic currents are caused by non-linear loads connected to distribution
systems, i.e. by loads that draw current with a waveform different that that of the
voltage that supplies them.
Origin of harmonic currents
The most common non-linear loads are equipment including rectifiers, fluorescent
lighting and computer hardware.
In installations with a distributed neutral, non-linear loads may cause significant
overloads in the neutral conductor due to the presence of third-order harmonics.
DD210679
Harmonic order
The order is the ratio
between the harmonic
frequency fn and the
fundamental frequency
(generally the power
frequency, 50 or 60 Hz):
n = fn/f1
By definition, the
fundamental f1 is order 1
(H1).
Third-order harmonics (H3)
have a frequency of 150 Hz
(when f1 = 50 Hz).
The presence of third-order harmonics depends on the applications involved.

It is necessary to carry out an in-depth study on each non-linear load to determine
the level of H3:
ih3 (%) = 100 x i3 / i1
b i3 = rms current of H3
b i1 = rms current of the fundamental
Estimating THD (total harmonic

distortion)
Assuming that H3 is preponderant among harmonics, the THD is close to the value
of H3 (ih3 (%)).
PD202029_r
PD202028_r
There are two decisive factors:

b the types of connected devices:
v disturbing loads: fluorescent lighting, computer hardware, rectifiers, arc furnaces,
etc.
v non-disturbing loads: heating, motors, pumps, etc.
b the ratio between the two types of disturbing loads.
Workshops
Offices
Low probability of harmonics

THD y 15 %.
High probability of harmonics

15 % < THD y 33 %.
Mix of disturbing loads (computers,

UPSs, fluorescent lighting) and nondisturbing loads (motors, pumps,
heating).
154
version: 1.1
Numerous disturbing loads (computers,

UPSs, fluorescent lighting).
K9CE33000.indd
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3
Fundamental frequency: ih1 (50 Hz)
i h1
i h1
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3
i h1
i h1
i h1
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
i h3
DD210680
No current in the neutral.

The conductors are correctly sized.
i h1
DD210681
Effects of harmonics on Canalis busbar

trunking
Fundamental frequency: ih1 (50 Hz) and 33 % of

H3
Abnormal temperature rise in the conductors caused
by current at a higher frequency in the phases (skin
effect) and current in the neutral caused by summing
of the H3 harmonics.
i h3
i h3
Reduce the current

density in ALL conductors
by using appropriately
sized trunking.
i h3
i h3
i h1
i h3
i h3
i h1
i h1
i h3
i h3
i h1
i h3
i h1
i h1
i h3
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3
Fundamental frequency:
ih1 (50 Hz) and
33 % H3
Busbar-trunking selection
THD y 15 % 15 % < THD y 33 % THD > 33 %
Busbar trunking Rating (A)
1000
800
630
KTC
1000
1350
1000
800
KTC
1350
1600
1350
1000
KTC
1600
2000
1600
1350
KTC
2000
2500
2000
1600
KTC
2500
3200
2500
2000
KTC
3200
4000
3200
2500
KTC
4000
5000
4000
3200
KTC
5000
Example. For a total rms current of 2356 A (estimation based on power drawn by loads,
including harmonics), the operational current is 2500 A.
THD is estimated at 30 %. The appropriate trunking is KTC 3200 A.
For more information on harmonics
See the Cahier Technique publications on the Schneider Electric web site:
www.schneider-electric.com
K9CE33000.indd
version: 1.1
155
DD210683
i h3
Ph1 Ph2 Ph3
i h3
DD210680
The only effective solution
Direct current
Design guide
Canalis KTC
Determining the DC current value
Thermal effect
Rule
The total power dissipated as heat must remain constant in the duct:
Pac = Pdc
Where:
b the power dissipated as heat: Pac = 3 x R x Iac where:
v R= resistance of a conductor
v Iac = conductor rms current
b the dissipated power for 4 conductors: Pdc = 4 x R x Idc where:
v Idc = direct current.
Selection table
DD210893
b 1 source
Case of 2 conductors in parallel for the + and 2 conductor in parallel for the (only
1 circuit in the busbar trunking):
DD210894
b 2 sources
Case of 1 conductor for the + and 1 conductor for the (2 circuits possible in the
same busbar trunking):
156
1 source
2 sources
1000
1732
866
1350
2165
1083
1600
2771
1385
2000
3464
1732
2500
4330
2165
3200
5542
2771
4000
6928
3464
5000
8660
4330
version: 1.1
K9CE34010.indd
Protection
With DC, there is no zero crossing point of the voltage and current to facilitate arc
extinction in the protective device.
The arcing time is longer and the energy that has to be absorbed is higher than for
AC.
The voltage of the DC arc must rise to the source voltage very quickly in order to
"put out" the short-circuit current.
"Shortened" electrical equation: U network = R x Isc + Uarc where:
b Isc = U network - Uarc / R
b Isc = 0 when Uarc = U network.
Use with specific switchgear
A quick rise in arcing voltage can be achieved by using series fuses, one fuse on
the + and one fuse on the of each circuit.
For some current rating and fuse characteristics, the placing of two fuses in series
on each polarity may be specified (highly inductive circuit).
In some cases, two fuses must be placed in parallel for each polarity.
K9CE34010.indd
version: 1.1
157
Design guide
Frequencies
400 Hz
Canalis KTC
KT busbar trunking derating at 400 Hz
Values at 35 C.
Application of a derating coefficient at 400 Hz combined with that for temperature
derating.
Busbar trunking derating
Voltage drop
In (A)
688
851
1014
1327
1635
2024
2394
3162
Coefficient K at
400 Hz
0.86
0.85
0.84
0.83
0.82
0.81
0.80
0.79
3-phase voltage drop, in millivolts per metre and per amp 400 Hz with load spread
over the run.
For a concentration of load at the end of a run (transport), the voltage drops are
double those shown in the table below.
Delta U evenly spread (mV. A. m)
Cos = 1.0
0.079
0.068
0.057
0.044
0.038
0.033
0.025
0.020
Cos = 0.9
0.12
0.109
0.096
0.079
0.067
0.054
0.045
0.039
Cos = 0.8
0.13
0.121
0.108
0.089
0.076
0.060
0.051
0.045
Conductor impedance
Average ohmic
resistance of
phase and neutral
conductors at In (1)
Rb1ph (m/m)
158
0.092
0.079
0.066
0.051
0.044
0.039
0.029
0.023
Average resistance
0.14
0.128
0.120
0.104
at In and rated
(1)
F(Hz)
Xph (m/m)
(1) In line with the CENELEC RO.64.013 document.
0.088
0.064
0.059
0.056
version: 1.1
K9CE34020.indd

Transparent Ready units
Transparent Ready is a simple solution to access information (status,

measurements, etc.) available from your electrical distribution equipment
(transformers, switchboards, busbar trunking).
DD205669_r
The Transparent Ready concept
This information can be accessed from any PC connected to your Ethernet network
via a simple Web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer). No other software is required.
DD205671
DD205668_r
DD205666
Transparent Ready can make your company more competitive by:

b reducing operating costs
b optimising equipment performance
b improving the reliability of the electrical power supply.
Customer needs for measurements and

metering
In all non-residential buildings, the need for sub-metering exists and is growing
underthe combined effects of:
b national and supra-national energy regulations
b the need to reduce overheads and production costs
b the allocation of energy expenditures to cost centres
b the outsourcing of operations tasks to specialists.
Operators must therefore have access to reliable pre-processed information in
order to:
b identify areas for potential savings
b model building energy flows and anticipate evolving needs
b optimise energy supply and consumption.
K9CE34030.indd
version: 1.1
159
Design guide
Transparent Ready units

Canalis KTC
Canalis offers measurement and metering units that can be mounted on both
Canalis KS and KT trunking ranges, available in two ratings (250 A and 400 A).
They are equipped with mounting plates designed to receive a PowerLogic
PM810 Power Meter, a Compact NS circuit breaker and the associated current
transformers.
DD205664
Canalis and Transparent Ready
These units are connected to Transparent Ready solutions using a Modbus

communication network.
DD205663
An automatic PowerLogic gateway (EGX400) provides the link between Modbus

and Ethernet TCP/IP networks.
When busbar trunking is located upstream of a secondary trunking line, the

measurement devices should be installed in the tap-off units.
DD205665
Data acquisition in distributed

architectures
160
version: 1.1
K9CE34030.indd
When the power-monitoring unit is installed in a tap-off unit, it is often too high for
easy reading of the measurements.
DD205667n
Canalis and Transparent Ready
We therefore recommend using a Power Meter PM810 with a Modbus

communication option.
DD202287n
Then the Canalis solution is to install a KBA line 25ED4303T parallel to the main
line and dedicated to carry the information (as a Modbus network) from the
powermonitoring tap-off unit to the Ethernet TCP/IP network (see "The Transparent
Ready Concept") and the connections are:
K9CE34030.indd
version: 1.1
161
Design guide
Fire resistance
Canalis KTC
As required by standards, Canalis KT busbar trunking complies with:
1 - material resistance to abnormal temperatures.
2 - flame propagation resistance.
3 - fire barrier function when going through a partition wall.
4 - conservation of all circuits for 1.30 hours in an insulating sheath.
Definition of tests
1 - Insulating material resistance test to abnormal

temperatures
Objective
To check a material will not be suspected as being the origin of a secondary fire
outbreak.
As defined in standards 8.2.13 IEC 60439-2 and IEC 60695-2-10 to -2-13.
Method
Application of an incandescent wire for 30 seconds on the insulating materials in
contact with live parts.
Result criteria
The specimen is considered to have passed the incandescent wire test if:
b if there is no visible flame and no sustained incandescence
b the specimens flames and incandescence go out within 30 seconds of the
incandescent wire being removed.
2 - Flame propagation resistance test

Objective
To check a busbar trunking will not create secondary fire outbreaks.
As defined in standards 8.2.14 IEC 60439-2 and IEC 60332 part 3.
Method
b Application of a flame for 40 minutes on a straight length of busbar trunking
whose centre is located 2.5 metres from the edge of the burner.
Result criteria
The specimen is considered to have passed the test if:
b combustion does not occur
b the maximum extent of the burned part (external and internal) of the busbar
trunking does not go beyond 2.5 metres above the lower edge of the burner.
162
version: 1.1
K9CE35000.indd
Fire resistance
3 - Fire barrier test through a partition wall

Objective
To check a busbar trunking will not propagate a fire from one room to another by
crossing a fire barrier wall for 60, 120, 180, or 240 minutes.
As defined in standard EN 1366-3; EN 1363-1; ISO 834; DIN 4102 part 9.
Method
The fire barrier busbar trunking section to be tested is placed in an oven which
executes a standardised temperature-time curve.
Result criteria
b there are no flames behind the fire barrier
b there is no smoke or gas behind the fire barrier (not requested by the standard;
can appear as a remark in the test report)
b the temperature rise of the casing behind the fire barrier does not exceed 180 C.
4 - Conservation of all circuits in fire conditions test

Objective
To check all the busbar trunkings electrical circuits are preserved in fire conditions.
As defined in standard DIN 4102 part 12.
Method
Its entire length inserted, the busbar trunking is taken as a specimen in an
insulating sheath.
Result criteria
b conductor continuity is preserved
b there is no short-circuit between conductors.
K9CE35000.indd
version: 1.1
163
Seismic resistance
Design guide
Canalis KTC
DD405612
Seismic zones worldwide

zone 4
zone 3
zone 2
zone 1
zone 0
Canalis KT is seismic certified in accordance with the protocol described in IEC

60980 and a seismic level equivalent to >7 on the Richter scale and severity 9 on the
international MSK- 64 scale.
The spectrum used for testing is the one specified for civil engineering and nuclear
applications in GOST 17516.1-90.
DB402698
Spectrum according to GOST

GOST nuclear market spectra
4
Acceleration (g)
10
15
20
25
30
Frequency (Hz)
GOST horizontal
GOST vertical
164
version: 1.1
K9CE35000.indd
Installation and support
Supports for conventional applications can be used for seismic applications by

following the recommendations below:
DB402682
b For flexible support

Use of supports and rods, reference KTB0000ZA1, with a minimum length of 1000
mm and additional clamping as per the following diagram.
Safety limit: 250 mm round the busbar trunking (amplitude noted during testing).
DB402683
b For rigid support

Use of conventional mechanically welded consoles with rigid busbar trunking
fastening.
For both cases:

b its conventional fixing centre distances are maintained (3 m edgewise, 2 m flat)
b the levels achieved are applicable for horizontal, edgewise or flat or vertical
installations.
K9CE35000.indd
version: 1.1
165
Design guide
Testing and commissioning

procedure
Canalis KTC
All the operations described below are given for indication only. Under no
circumstances can they be used to substitute the installation companys own
procedures and engage Schneider Electrics responsibility.
Scope
High power busbar trunking, transformer-switchboard links.

Required tools
b Multimeter.
b 500 V megger.
b Roto-phase.
Prerequisites
b If need be, the old equipment has been removed from the premises.
b The new equipment has been manoeuvred into the premises where it is to be
installed by the installation contractor.
b The equipment has been installed by the installation contractor in accordance
with manufacturers recommendations.
b The equipments installation diagram, connection diagram and assembly results
sheet are available for the commissioning engineer.
De-energising the installation and making it safe
The works manager is responsible for worksite safety and must ensure the
installation is de-energised and made safe in accordance with safety rules before
any inspection or measurement is performed.
Equipment checking, positioning and

identification
After the installation contractor has positioned, assembled and connected the
busbar trunking in accordance with the supplied installation, assembly and
connection diagrams, and using the recommended tools and handling equipment,
the following characteristics must:
b be noted
b be checked for compliance with respect to the details shown on the drawing.
Brand
Busbar trunking rating:
Equipment type:
Serial number:
Reference:
Date of manufacture:
Transformer power:
Source circuit breaker

(busbar trunking
protection):
General visual inspection
The equipment has been chosen according to its electrical environment (rating and
protection adapted to operating conditions).
The following points do not require checking.
Points concerning reception, storage and handling
No signs of:
b shock (which may deteriorate internal insulation: conductor insulation on straight
lengths or at the tap-off points or joint blocks)
b humidity or oxidation (equipment stored outside should have been covered with
a plastic sheet, sheltered from humidity, dirt and dust)
b firms label defining the products characteristics.
166
version: 1.1
K9CE36000.indd
DD206098
Points concerning installation and fittings

Assembly compliance with the specifications of the installation drawing, service
instructions and the catalogue:
b no busbar trunking twisting
b positioning and distance of the busbar trunking with respect to the building
b fixings, compliance of the between centres distance of the equipment for flat or
edgewise, horizontal or vertical distribution
b clamps, not fully blocked to allow movement due to longitudinal forces
b presence of expansion sections if necessary.
Checking power connections

DD210781
Check the number of connection parts and their cross-sections for each conductor
(see "Installation guide").
Check insulation distances between 2 conductors and between conductors and
metal panels.
DD210764
DD202389
Check the tightening torque of bolts not fitted with torque nuts. For bolts fitted with
torque nuts, check the head has broken-off.
Check the bolt length exceeding the nut ; some bolts may have been removed and
then put back, but left untightened.
Mark each tightened nut using indelible varnish. As well as a means of selfinspection to ensure correct tightening torque, it also allows any untightening to be
identified.
Class 8-8 nuts and bolts (M8 on LV switchboard side, see "Commissioning Guide
for Schneider Electric LV Switchboards").
Bolt
HM16
HM14
HM12
HM10
Tightening torque
16 mdaN
12 mdaN
7 mdaN
5 mdaN
PB104861
The results of all these checks must be noted on the results sheet by the
installation contractor.
Checking insulation between live conductors
These measurements and checks can only be performed if:

b each link is disconnected by an isolating device
b each link is disconnected from the upstream transformer, with the main circuit
breaker upstream of the LV switchboard unplugged and in the open position.
Test means: 500V DC megger (DC to avoid capacitive currents)
Measurements: 6 measurements between live conductors (between phases and
then between each phase and neutral).
LV circuit insulation value (U < 500 Volts): 1000 ohms/volt of nominal voltage
(IEC 60 439-1) allowed.
In all cases, the insulation resistance must not be less than 0.5 M for each link
(operating device).
Note: KT busbar trunking is given for U = 1000V and Ri = 1 M (value to be taken
into account for all elements: transport and accessories, distribution).
K9CE36000.indd
version: 1.1
167
Design guide
Testing and commissioning

procedure
Canalis KTC
Checking the earth network and locks
Earth network
Check:
b the galvanised steel casing sides are earthed (note: this depends on the earthing
system)
b connection quality
b cable cross-section
b there are no loose metal parts (washers, screws) in the tap-off units.
Note: the results of these checks must have already been noted on the results
sheet by the installation contractor.
Checking insulation between live conductors and earth
Following this check, each link must be reconnected to the upstream transformer
(use the 2nd available 6 daN.m torque bolt heads).
PB104862
Test means: 500V DC megger (DC to avoid capacitive currents)

Measurements: between each phase or neutral (1) and earth (the casing if it is
connected to earth).
LV circuit insulation value (U < 500 V): 1000 of nominal voltage (IEC 60 439-1)
allowed.
In all cases, the insulation resistance must not be less than 0.5 M for each link
(operating device).
Note: KT busbar trunking is given for U = 1000 V and Ri = 1 M (value to be taken
into account for all elements: transport and accessories, distribution).
(1) No neutral insulation if the earthing system is such that the neutral is connected to or used
as the earth.
Caution: In this case, once the transformer has been reconnected (star secondary), the phaseearth measurement is the winding resistance.
PE protective circuit equipotential
Reference: IEC 60 439-1:

Check PE protective circuit continuity by visual inspection and random continuity
testing.
The previously performed "phases-PE" insulation test must have been compliant.
Test means: ohmmeter.
Locks
To protect personnel by not allowing access to live parts through the use of locks.
Only concerns key operated safety locks.
Checking connections and auxiliary

testing
168
Check not relevant to busbar trunking.
version: 1.1
K9CE36000.indd
De-energised equipment operating tests
Checking source circuit breaker protection settings
Compliance check in accordance with the installation drawing specifications:

b Imax thermal
b In magnetic.
Note: this check is only to be performed if the busbar trunking is commissioned
at the same time as the transformer: the source circuit breaker protection setting
checks are related to transformer commissioning.
Check not relevant if the transformer has already been commissioned.
If this check is successful, the busbar trunking can be commissioned and
the energised operating tests performed with the appropriate protective
equipment
Commissioning and energised

equipment operating tests
Note: commissioning can only be carried out by personnel with appropriate

authorisations.
Preliminary operation: energising the off-load transformer.
Closing the source circuit breaker.
Checking phase order
Objective: to detect, in order to correct, an inversion of the phases or neutral

amongst the busbar trunkings 4 incoming and outgoing connections with respect
to the transformer output.
Test means: roto-phase or 3-phase harmonic analyser.
If busbar trunking energising is successful, a progressive start-up of the factory
must be requested to definitively validate commissioning.
If unsuccessful, the previous checks must be carried out again to try and
locate the fault. Before undertaking this, the equipment must once again be
made safe.
Final putting into service test
This test is performed once the busbar trunking has been energised. The
progressive start-up of loads will highlight any undesirable phenomena due to the
increased average load.
Real life operating test
Once the high power busbar trunking has been energised, the other busbar
trunking must be gradually put into service starting with those furthest from the
load, then each load itself, those with high pull-in currents, then the lighting,
contactors, heating, motors, etc.
There must not be excessive vibration, and no sparkovers should be observed.
The test simply consists of checking correct busbar trunking operation according
to:
b the average number of machines in operation
b the load variation of each individual load
b the simultaneous operation of machines (superimposing of peaks).
If everything is in order, the busbar trunking is declared "in-service".
Testing is completed.
K9CE36000.indd
version: 1.1
169
170
version: 1.1
K9CE36000.indd
Contents
Index
Introduction
Design guide
3
17
35
63
133
Layout advice
172
Run optimisation 172

Positioning and supports 175
Anticipate unexpected worksite problems 178
Tips for determining dimensions at the worksite 179
Horizontal distribution
182
Positioning the tap-off units 182

Tap-off units 183
Checking and compensating for expansion 184
Rising mains
188
General 188
Positioning the busbar trunking without external fire barrier 189
Positioning the tap-off units 190
Positioning of supports 191
Positioning the external fire barriers 192
Installation with feed via a cable box or direct onto the switchboard 193
Panorama ofconnection solutions
196
Connection to LV switchboards
198
Selection guide 198
DEBU024EN_Installation guide.indd
Connection to Okken andPrisma Plus LV switchboards
200
By Canalis interface
200
Connection to Okken switchboards
201
201
Connection to Prisma Plus LV switchboards
203
203
Connection to Okken andPrisma Plus LV switchboards
205
205
206
By universal feed unit

Via flange feed unit and flexible bars
By feed and connection plates
206
208
209
Connection to cast resin transformers
212
Selection guide
212
Connection to Trihal cast resin transformers
214
By universal feed and connection plates
214
217
Connection to oil immersed transformers
222
Selection guide
By feed and connection plates or braids
Other connection solutions
222
224
229
Recommandations
231
version: 1.1
171
Layout advice
Installation guide
Run optimisation
Canalis KTC
CanBrass software can be used to design the busbar trunking line.

The easy-to-use program creates a graphic model of the line, determines the
length and draws up the list of Canalis KT parts to order.
PD202428_r
CanBrass software
The Canalis KT line is easy to specify simply by indicating the required dimensions.
However, it is strongly advised to use the shortest and simplest path possible
between the transformer and the switchboard.
It is important to carefully plan the layout of the transformer and switchboard in
order to use:
b the maximum number of standard components rather than made-to-measure
components
b the minimum number of components for changing direction
b straight made-to-measure components rather than made-to-measure
components for changing direction.
Before defining your busbar trunking run, it is recommended you pay particular
attention to the various parameters which could be detrimental to the installation.
Advice
DD210900
DD210895
Obstacles that obstruct the busbar trunking such as beams,

pipes, etc.
DD210903
DD210902
Badly positioned places for going through walls and floors.
172
DD210896
DD210897
Joint positions in the middle of a partition wall.
version: 1.1
K9CE41000.indd
Insufficient ceiling height.
DD210898
DD210899
If the busbar trunking must be installed edgewise between a transformer and

switchboard, ensure the ceiling height is sufficient for fitting the joint blocks from
the top.
Reserve a space between the busbar trunking and the ceiling equal to 100 mm
(variable depending on the rating, see "Catalogue numbers and dimensions").
DD210903
DD210904
Going through a floor to bottom feed a switchboard on the

next floor.
DD210905
Difference in floor levels of 2 rooms.
Also make sure that as the work progresses other tradesmen do not carry out
installations that could hinder your initial layout.
K9CE41000.indd
version: 1.1
173
Layout advice
Installation guide
Run optimisation
Canalis KTC
Example 1
Reducing the number of changes of direction by modifying the switchboard or
transformer layout.
DD210910
Examples of link optimisation
DD210911
Example 2
Use of 2 standard elbows in place of a made to measure zed by increasing
dimension "L".
DD210912
Modification of the busbar trunking height

By slightly increasing dimension "Z", replace a made to measure elbow feed
connector with a standard feed connector and standard elbow section.
When choosing the layout of the electrical installation, it is important care is taken
when positioning the neutral between the transformer and the switchboard.
If the neutral position is different to that planned, it is recommended the transformer
is moved, if possible, to align the neutral with respect to the switchboards neutral.
When it is not possible to move the transformer, it is recommended the phase order
in the switchboard is inversed.
If this cannot be done, use the phase and neutral transposition section.
DD210780
Neutral position
KTCppppTNp10
KTCppppTPp10
174
version: 1.1
K9CE41000.indd
Layout advice
DD210935
Positioning and supports
Edgewise passage through

partition wall
DD210932
DD210933
Flat passage through partition wall
K9CE41000.indd
Rating (A)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
Height H (mm)
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
version: 1.1
175
Layout advice
Installation guide
Positioning and supports

Canalis KTC
A support point as close as possible to the connections is needed because
transformers, generator sets and switchboards must not support the weight of the
busbar trunking.
In some industries, for service continuity reasons, transformers may be replaced
quickly. The busbar trunking must be able to support itself.
The maximum recommended distance between supports is 3 metres.
In all cases, provide for 2 supports for 4 metre sections.
Edgewise horizontal installation
DD210930
For clamping busbar trunking to support brackets, see page 186.
3000
The recommended distance between supports is 2 metres. In addition, a support

must be placed at 300 or 400 mm from the joint block axis.
Flat horizontal installation
DD210931
For clamping busbar trunking to support brackets, see page 186.
Plan for a maximum distance between supports of 3 metres.

DD210929
Example of spreading out supports
176
version: 1.1
K9CE41000.indd
The position of the joint block with respect to the transformer axes and switchboard
edges (defined in the "Installation guide").
DD210924
Defining the layout, dimensions to be

provided
Distance between busbar trunking

(without tap-off units)
Edgewise installation
DD210928
DD210927
Flat installation
Rating (A)
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
Height H (mm)
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
DD210925
Distance of the busbar trunking from

the wall
(1) Provide 2 times the height if the joint block must be fitted from the top.
Direction of fitting joint blocks.
DD210926
Flat installation
Direction of fitting joint blocks.
K9CE41000.indd
version: 1.1
177
Layout advice
Installation guide
Anticipate unexpected worksite problems

Canalis KTC
This section will be ordered after the gap to be filled has been measured at the end
of the job. To optimise its delivery to site, prefer a straight section with a length of
less than 2 metres rather than made to measure elbows.
DD210906
1: Standard straight
section.
2: Made to measure
elbow.
DD210907
DD202390
Undecided section
3: Made to measure
straight section.
4: Standard elbow.
DD210908
On the drawing, provide a minimum dimension of 700 mm to guarantee an

adjustment of 200 mm on-site. The minimum length of straight sections being
equal to 500 mm.
In order to provide for the place needed for an adjustable or undecided section,
install the elbows and the sections attached to the elbows in each angle (support
each assembly using 2 supports on each straight section).
DD210994
Layout recommendations for adjustable

or undecided sections
And then complete the layout with standard and made to measure straight
sections.
178
version: 1.1
K9CE41000.indd
Layout advice
Tips for determining dimensions at the

worksite
The nominal length "L" of a straight section is measured from the axis of the
joint block to the other axis of the joint block, in millimetres (the joint block axis is
located 20 mm from the end of the bars).
Dimension L of the standard or made to measure section = x - 40 mm.
DD210913
Straight section
(1): For the different busbar trunking heights, see page 177.
(2): See "Run sections" in "Catalogue numbers and Dimensions".
x : measured dimension.
Example: x = 1860 mm hence L = 1860 - 40 = 1820 mm.
Flat elbows
Change-of-directions
DD210918
DD210916
The nominal length of each branch is measured from the axis of the joint block to
the axis of the other branch, in millimetres. The joint block axis is located 20 mm
from the end of the bars.
A and B: See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers

and Dimensions".
"Flat" elbow, external positioning

A = A1 + A2 + (140/2) - 20
"Flat" elbow, internal positioning
A = A1 - A2 - (140/2) - 20
(1) See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers and Dimensions".
K9CE41000.indd
version: 1.1
179
Layout advice
Installation guide
Tips for determining dimensions at the

worksite
DD210917
Canalis KTC
Edgewise elbows
DD210919
A and B: See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue numbers

and Dimensions".
"Edgewise" elbow, external

positioning
A = A1 + A2 + (H/2) - 20
"Edgewise" elbow, internal

positioning
A = A1 - A2 - (H/2) - 20
DD210921
Flat Zed
DD210922
The nominal length of the intermediary branch(es) is measured from the axis of
one branch to the axis of another.
A, B and C: See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue

numbers and Dimensions".
B = B1 - B2
180
version: 1.1
K9CE41000.indd
DD210920
Edgewise Zed
DD210923
The nominal length of the intermediary branch(es) is measured from the axis of
one branch to the axis of another.
A, B and C: See "Changes of direction" in "Catalogue

numbers and Dimensions".
B = B1 - B2
Reminder: the final section should preferably be a straight section.

Take into account the neutral position when choosing the section.
Definition of final section parameters
DD210914
Tools
Tape
measure
Spirit level
Lead line
Stick
Ruler
Laser or infra-red reader
DD210915
Their use
K9CE41000.indd
version: 1.1
181
Installation guide
Positioning the tap-off units

Canalis KTC
PD202398_r
It is possible to combine the following in the same installation:

b straight transport sections with straight sections containing fixed or plug-on tapoff points
b straight sections of different lengths
b straight sections with different numbers of fixed or plug-on tap-off points
b
Several configurations are possible.

Some examples:
b on a 2000 mm straight section with plug-on tap-off points (KTCppppEDp20):
v 3 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off units:
DD210938
Positioning the tap-off units on the

busbar trunking
DD210936
v 1 x 400 A circuit breaker tap-off unit and 1 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off unit
DD210939
v 3 x 160 A fuse tap-off units:
DD210995
b on a 4000 mm straight section with plug-on tap-off points (KTCppppEDp40):

v 1 x 400 A circuit breaker tap-off unit, 1 x 250 A circuit breaker tap-off unit and 1 x
160 A circuit breaker tap-off unit:
DD210996
v 1 x 400 A fuse tap-off unit, 1 x 250 A fuse tap-off unit and 1 x160 A fuse tap-off
unit:
DD210937
b on a 4000 mm straight section with fixed tap-off points (KTBppppEBp40):

v 1 x 400 to 630 A fixed tap-off unit and 1 x 800 to 1000 A fixed tap-off unit:
Cable exit.
182
version: 1.1
K9CE41000.indd
Tap-off units
DD210997
When the tap-off units have to be distributed along the length of the busbar
trunking, use 2 metre sections and alternate the tap-off point positions.
For an installation with tap-off units, provide for a between centres distance that
takes into account the minimum dimension of 100 mm and the dimensions A and B
of the tap-off units.
DD210940
Recommendations for installing

2parallel busbar trunking runs
Type
Circuit
breaker
tap-off units
Fuse tap-off
units
KSB160DCp
160
150
KSB250DCp
240
160
KSB400DCp
240
160
KTB0630CBp
175
175
KTB1000CBp
275
275
KSB160SEp
150
150
KSB250SEp
250
160
KSB400SEp
440
160
DD210941
Cat. no.
Dimensions
(mm)
X
E (1)
Circuit
breaker
tap-off units
KSB160DCp
625.5
246
KSB250DCp
726.5
300
KSB400DCp
976,5
350
Fuse tap-off
units
KSB160SEp
577,5
207
KSB250SEp
777
258
KSB400SEp
(1) With the handle.
855
316
DD210942
Type
Rating (A)
K9CE41000.indd
Dimensions
(mm)
A
B
Provide for a minimum distance of 1000 mm between the busbar trunking and the
ceiling to allow for the opening of tap-off unit doors.
Tap-off unit door opening
Installing an isolator or run protective

device
Cat. no.
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
1000
174
514
1350
159
529
1600
149
539
2000
129
559
2500
109
579
3200
89
599
version: 1.1
183
Installation guide
Checking and compensating for

expansion
Canalis KTC
DD202446
Expansion poses a problem when:

b the runs are made up of long straight sections
b when the busbar trunking passes through an expansion joint between two
buildings.
Electrical busbar trunking can be subjected to a multitude of load variations during

its service life (e.g. day / night, summer / winter) which cause temperature rise
differences and thus variable expansions.
To absorb expansion in a Canalis KT busbar trunking, a specific section must be
used: the expansion section.
Long part runs
Horizontal runs without tap-off units
If the busbar trunking length is greater than 30 metres, provide for expansion
sections and appropriate blocking means. The ends and, in some cases, the
centre of part runs must be blocked in order to direct the extensions towards the
expansion sections.
DD210998
Layout of expansion sections and blocking means for the following busbar
trunking lengths:
b 0 to 30 metres:
DD210999
b 31 to 60 metres:
DD211000
b 61 to 90 metres:
DD211001
91 to 120 metres:
Blocked fixing supports,

Expansion section,
Direction of expansion.
184
version: 1.1
K9CE41000.indd
Horizontal runs with tap-off units
DD211002
Layout of expansion sections and blocking means for the following busbar trunking
lengths:
b 0 to 30 metres:
DD211003
b 31 to 60 metres:
DD211004
b 61 to 120 metres:

Expansion section,
Direction of expansion,
Tap-off unit.
DD2111005
Transformer / switchboard links

Expansion section,
K9CE41000.indd
version: 1.1
185
Installation guide
Checking and compensating for

expansion
Canalis KTC
Rules for fixing busbar trunking to the supports
DD211006
For correct system operation, the expansion of the part run in question must be
directed towards the expansion section.
This implies:
b the busbar trunking must be free from all longitudinal movement on its supports
b the expansion section must be blocked on the opposite side to that by which it is
pushed.
1
2
Free fixings.
Blocked fixings.
Installation of free fixings

Edgewise assembly
DD211008
DD211007
Flat assembly
Installation of blocked fixings

Edgewise assembly
DD211009
DD211010
Flat assembly
186
version: 1.1
K9CE41000.indd
Here, the expansion section allows the busbar trunking to absorb the forces due to
the relative movement between the 2 buildings.
DD211012
Passing through a joint between

2buildings
Building A
Building B
DD211011
Blocked fixing supports.
1 Blocked fixings.
Installation of blocked fixings

Flat assembly
DD211009
DD211010
Edgewise assembly
K9CE41000.indd
version: 1.1
187
Installation guide
Rising mains
General
Canalis KTC
PD202319_r
Canalis KT enables power distribution to each floor of multi-storey buildings (office

buildings, hotels, hospitals, etc).
In this application, Canalis KT retains all its construction principles:
Vertically mounted, the protection degree of the KT busbar trunking is IP55 as
standard.
Installing a rising main

1 Installation principle
Installation at each floor of:
b a 2 metre distribution section,
b a made to measure transport section to go through the floor slab,
b a busbar trunking support,
b up to 3 x 160 A tap-off units or a 250 or 400 A tap-off unit and a 160 A tap-off unit.
2 Installation feed
The installation feed is achieved using either a cable box or by direct connection to
an electrical distribution switchboard.
3 Busbar trunking supports

The supports fix the vertical run section to the building structure. a floor slab
support. It can be fixed to either the wall, to a wall bracket or directly to the floor,
This type of fixing support has the following advantages:
b fitting to either the wall, to a wall bracket or directly to the floor
b height adjustment to make up for positioning errors
b depth adjustment from 50 to100 mm
b spring adjustment to ensure distribution of the load at each floor
b absorption of building stresses with respect to the busbar trunking (expansion,
vibration, etc) thanks to the springs.
4 Tap-off units
All Canalis KS tap-off units can be mounted vertically on the Canalis KT without the
risk of interference with the supports.
188
version: 1.1
K9CE45000.indd
DD210960
Positioning the busbar trunking without

external fire barrier
Positioning the neutral
The busbar trunking must be positioned with the neutral on the right.
Positioning the joint block
It is important the joint block is not positioned in the floor slab.
DD210961
We recommend you provide for a distance of:

b 400 mm between the floor slab and the joint block axis to be able to install a
support to the wall or wall bracket to facilitate the re-filling of the hole and to cope
with possible building faults (e.g. screed not indicated on the drawings). Provide
500 mm for a floor fixing.
b 200 mm between the upper joint block and the ceiling to allow the busbar
trunking to be boxed-in when filling-in the hole with plaster or concrete.
Positioning the tap-offs
The run sections are fitted with 3 tap-off points. Spaced at 500 mm intervals, they
provide a high density of tap-offs per floor.
Flat passage through

partition wall
K9CE45000.indd
DD210933
DD210932
Edgewise passage through

partition wall
Rating (A)
800
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
height H (mm)
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
version: 1.1
189
Rising mains
Installation guide
Positioning the tap-off units

Canalis KTC
DD210962
Positioning the tap-off units on the busbar trunking
Several configurations are possible.

Some examples:
1 - 3 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off units
2 - 1 x 400 A circuit breaker tap-off unit and 1 x 160 A circuit breaker tap-off unit
3 - 3 x 160 A fuse tap-off units
4 - 1 x 800 to 1000 A bolted tap-off unit.
Cable exit
DD210964
R = 12 x of cable
Recommendations for installing 2 rising mains in parallel
Cable exit.
DD210954
For an installation with tap-off units, provide for a between centres distance that
takes into account the minimum dimension of 100 mm and the dimensions A and B
of the tap-off units.
Type
Circuit
breaker
tap-off units
Fuse tap-off
units
Cat. no
Dimensions
(mm)
A
B
KSB160DCp
160
150
KSB250DCp
240
160
KSB400DCp
240
160
KTB0630CBp
175
175
KTB1000CBp
275
275
KSB160SEp
150
150
KSB250SEp
250
160
KSB400SEp
440
160
Tap-off unit door opening
DD210963
If installed in a technical room, provide for a minimum distance of 1000 mm

between the busbar trunking and the wall in order to be able to open the doors of
the tap-off units.
190
version: 1.1
K9CE45000.indd
Positioning of supports
DD210968
2 fixing systems are available:

b a rear wall fixing system for 800 A to 1600 A busbar trunking
b a side wall fixing system for 2000 A to 4000 A busbar trunking.
DD210967
Wall support
Wall drilling drawing to fix

the support.
1000 to 2000 A
2500 to 5000 A

Y : 50 mm minimum to 100 mm maximum
DD210966
Wall bracket support (if Y > 100 mm)
X u 400.
1000 to 2000 A
2500 to 5000 A
DD210965
Floor support
1000 to 2000 A
K9CE45000.indd
2500 to 5000 A
version: 1.1
191
Rising mains
Installation guide
Positioning the external fire barriers

Canalis KTC
Horizontal mounting
200
DB401852
DB401853
Vertical mounting
The filler material around the

busbar trunking must meet the
requirements currently in force to
guarantee that the wall and
ceiling fire-resistance class
(for example DIN 1045 and
DIN 1053-1) is maintained.
Filler material not supplied.
400
200
200
400
200
L
650
650
650
750
750
750
950
950
200
DB402665
600
DB402664
500
500
Rating
KTC1000
KTC1250
KTC1600
KTC2000
KTC2500
KTC3200
KTC4000
KTC5000
20
Distances to comply
DB402678
DB402680
Edgewise passage through partition wall
DB402681
Flat passage through partition wall
DB402679
192
version: 1.1
K9CE45000.indd
Installation with feed via a cable box or

direct onto the switchboard
Installation with feed via a cable box.
K9CE45000.indd
DD210979
2 possibilities:
b installation with feed direct to the switchboard
b installation with feed via a cable box.
version: 1.1
193
Rising mains
Installation guide
Installation with feed via a cable box or

direct onto the switchboard
Installation with feed direct to the
switchboard
194
DD211013
Canalis KTC
version: 1.1
K9CE45000.indd
K9CE45000.indd
version: 1.1
195
Panorama of
connection solutions
Canalis KTC
The Schneider Electric system
The comprehensive Schneider Electric system makes it simple to design a
complete transformer/Canalis KT/switchboard installation.
Using dedicated interfaces, the trunking connects directly to the dry-type
transformer and the switchboard for:
b tested and standardised connections
b fast and flexible installation
b shorter lead times.
Advantages
b No design work for the connections.
b Simplified layout design:
v pre-defined position of the jointing unit
v simplified routing (only three dimensions required)
v smaller size (no additional covers required).
b Transformer and switchboard supplied with connections already mounted.
b Short lead times and fewer catalogue numbers for connections.
b Adaptable on the worksite:
v transformer end: 15 mm adjustments along all three axes
v switchboard end: phases can be inverted.
b Continuity of service:
v transformer can be replaced in less than one hour
v transformer, trunking and switchboard designed to be used together.
b Safety:
v trunking fully tested in compliance with IEC 60439-1 and 2
v compliance with standards and installation rules
v excellent fire-withstand capability.
b Comfort:
v low level of electromagnetic radiation
v no noise.
Compatibility between Trihal transformers/Canalis KT/Prisma Plus or Okken switchboards
Trihal transformers
Rating
Naturally
ventilated
(AN) dry-type
transformers
Ie max.
630 kVA
887 A
Forced ventilated
(AF) dry-type
transformers,
25 % overload
Interfaces
accepted Ie max.
Junctions
1109 A
n1
H124
800 kVA
1126 A
1408 A
n2
H164
1000 kVA 1408 A
1760 A
n3
H204
1250 kVA 1760 A
2200 A
n4
H244
Prisma Plus or Okken switchboards

NS/NT/NW circuit breakers
800 A
08/16
H164
KTC1000,
KTC1350,
KTC1600
KTC1350,
KTC1600,
KTC2000
KTC1600,
KTC2000
-
1000 A
1250 A
KTC1000,
KTC1350,
KTC1600
KTC1350,
KTC1600,
KTC2000
KTC1600,
KTC2000
-
KTC1000,
KTC1350,
KTC1600
KTC1350,
KTC1600,
KTC2000
KTC1600,
KTC2000
-
1600 A
NS/NW circuit breakers
2000 A
20/25
H244
KTC1000, KTC1350,
KTC1600
KTC1350, KTC2000
KTC1600,
KTC2000
KTC1600, KTC2000,
KTC2000 KTC2500
KTC2000,
KTC2500,
KTC3200
KTC2500,
KTC3200
-
2500 A
3200 A
32
H404
-
NW circuit
breakers
4000 A
40
H404
-
KTC2000 -
KTC2000,
KTC2500
KTC2000,
KTC2500,
KTC3200
KTC2500,
KTC3200
-
KTC3200, KTC3200,
KTC4000 KTC4000
2000 kVA 2813 A
3516 A
n6
H404
KTC3200, KTC3200,
KTC4000, KTC4000,
KTC5000 KTC5000
2500 kVA 3520 A
4400 A
n7
H404
KTC4000, KTC4000,
KTC5000 KTC5000
(1) The compatibilities indicated correspond to the electrical connection possibilities; in all cases, coordination between circuit breaker and electrical busbar
trunking must be checked.
1600 kVA 2253 A
2816 A
n5
H324
Connection to an LV
switchboard using a
dedicated interface,
see page 200.
PD202432_r
Connection to a drytype transformer using a

dedicated interface, see
page 214.
196
version: 1.1
K9CE42000.indd
Connection to an LV
switchboard using a
dedicated interface,
see page 200.
PD202301_r
Connection to a drytype transformer using

a dedicated interface,
see page 217.
Universal
connection to an
oil-filled transformer,
see page 224.
PD202302_r
Universal
connection to an
LV switchboard,
see page 206.
K9CE42000.indd
version: 1.1
197
Selection guide
Canalis KTC
This guide may be used to:
v select the connection best suited to your installation (incoming direction, trunking
installed flat or edgewise, different phase order),
v check the total height of the connection with respect to the ceiling, i.e.
dimension Z0 + Z2 (100 mm minimum clearance required between top of
connection and ceiling),
v optimise the connection by ensuring that (Z0 + Z1)switchboard = (Z0 + Z1)transformer to
avoid having to use elbows and zed units,
v position the fixing devices used to support the trunking.
Connection with an interface
DD210755
SB2
DD210754
SB1
Direct connection
Without protective covers
SB3
DD21v0753
PD202304_r
Type of connection
see page 200
see page 200
As per manufacturing drawing
minimum
74
82
138
maximum
472
Z2
Z1 + 140
Z1 + H
Z1 + H
Phase order can be changed
Mounting in workshop
Exit through front or rear
Z0
Z1
Exit through left or right side
Flat installation
198
version: 1.1
K9CE42000.indd
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
DD202180
Rating (A)
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
With protective covers

SB7
DD210759
SB6
DD210758
SB5
DD210757
SB4
DD210756
gs
As per manufacturing drawings
473
130
465
H = 74 to 124 mm
195 - H/2
H = 164 to 244 mm
255 - H/2
H = 324 to 404 mm
355 - H/2
464
Z1 + H
Z1 + 140
Z1 + 140
H = 74 or 104 or 124 mm
H = 164 or 204 or 244 mm
H = 324 or 404 mm
Z1 + H/2 + 115
Z1 + H/2 + 175
Z1 + H/2 + 255
b
b
b
b
K9CE42000.indd
version: 1.1
199
Connection to Okken and

Prisma Plus LV switchboards
Canalis KTC
PD202350
Switchboards can be equipped with connections for Canalis KT. Jointing with the
switchboard is via a standard run component (straight length, elbow, etc.) and a
jointing unit (identical to those used between line components). The trunking enters
the switchboard via the top (roof).
Switchboard connections are available from 800 to 4000 A.
Type of
switchboard
Prisma Plus
Okken
Rating of trunking Type of circuit

(A)
breaker
Type of connection
800 to 1600
Compact NS
Top direct and rear
Masterpact NT
Top direct and rear
800 to 3200
Masterpact NW
Top direct and rear
4000
Masterpact NW
Rear
800 to 4000
Masterpact NW
Top direct and rear
Connections are tested and qualified under normal operating conditions in

terms of temperature rise () and short-circuit currents (Isc).
The panel builder receives and connects the Canalis KT interface in the workshop.
The phase order at the interface output can be adapted if necessary (this
information must be forwarded to the panel builder).
The switchboard is then delivered to the site and the trunking can be rapidly
connected using a simple jointing unit with torque nuts to ensure the correct
tightening torque.
Compatibility between Canalis KT and the interface in the switchboard (1)(2)
Canalis KT
Cat. no.
KTC1000
KTC1350
KTC1600
KTC2000
KTC2500
KTC3200
KTC4000
KTC5000
Rating
(A)
Height
(mm)
Sealing kit
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
74
104
124
164
204
244
324
404
KTB0074TT01
KTB0104TT01
KTB0124TT01
KTB0164TT01
KTB0204TT01
KTB0244TT01
KTB0324TT01
KTB0404TT01
Circuit breakers in Okken et Prisma Plus switchboards

NS/NT/NW
NS/NW
800 and 1000 A 1250 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
Interface 08/16
Interface 20/25
H164 (3)
H244 (3)
NW
3200 A
4000 A
Interface 32 Interface 40
H404 (3)
H404 (3)
(1) The compatibilities indicated correspond to the electrical connection possibilities; in all
cases, coordination between circuit breaker and electrical busbar trunking must be checked.
(2) Coordination with a dry-type transformer, see the "Transformer" section, see page 214.
(3) Height of the jointing unit in millimetres.
The prefabricated connections installed in the switchboard are designed to operate

without derating and can therefore operate at the rated circuit-breaker current.
Using the dedicated interface, it is possible to change the phase order if it is
different between the trunking and the switchboard.
DD210772
Phase order
200
version: 1.1
K9CE42000.indd
Connection to Okken
switchboards
To 800 to 4000 A Masterpact NW circuit breakers

b Enclosure 600 or 1000 mm deep, access through the front.
DD202310
Top direct connection (TDC)
Position of the jointing unit

Circuit breaker
Drawout, 3P/4P (1)
Dimensions (mm)
A
B
NW08/16
175
325
156
NW20/25
175
325
156
NW32
175
325
156
175
325
156
DD206059
NW40
(1) To order, see "Catalogue numbers", page 78.
Reference
point
K9CE42000.indd
version: 1.1
201
Connection to Okken
switchboards
Canalis KTC

b Enclosure 1000, 1200 or 1400 mm deep, access through the rear.
DD202311
Rear connection (RC)

Circuit breaker
Drawout, 3P/4P (1),

top position
Drawout, 3P/4P (1),

medium position
Drawout, 3P/4P (1),

bottom position
Dimensions (mm)
A
Depth (mm)
1000 1200 1400
317
NW08/16
825
363
NW20/25
825
363
317
NW32
825
363
317
953
NW40
NW08/16
825
363
156
363
942
942
NW20/25
825
363
NW32
825
363
942
NW40
953
363
881
NW08/16
1225
363
1417
NW20/25
1225
363
1417
1225
363
1417
DD206058
NW32
Depth: 1200 mm
Depth: 1400 mm
DD202384
Top views
Depth: 1000 mm
Reference
point
Bottom connection
202
For installations with connections through the bottom, please consult us.
version: 1.1
K9CE42000.indd
Connection to Prisma Plus

LV switchboards
To a Compact NS1250 or Masterpact NT1200 circuit breaker

b Enclosure 400 mm deep, access through the front.
DD202306
Top direct connection (TDC)

Dimensions (1) (mm)
A
B
C
Circuit breaker
Fixed, 3P/4P (2)
NS800/1250
236
325
160
NT08/12
260
325
160
260
325
170
NS800/1250
or 08/NT12
(1) Dimensions measured from switchboard framework.
DD210765
Drawout, 3P/4P (2)
Reference
point
DD202304

b Enclosure 600 mm deep, access through the front.
Dimensions (1) (mm)
A
B
C
Circuit breaker
Fixed, 3P/4P (2)
NW08/16
185
325
264
NW20/25
185
325
289
NW32
185
325
264
NW08/16
185
344
164
NW20/25
185
344
214
NW32
185
344
214
DD210767
Drawout, 3P/4P (2)
Reference
point
K9CE42000.indd
version: 1.1
203
Connection to Prisma Plus

LV switchboards
Canalis KTC
To a Compact NS1600 or Masterpact NT1600 circuit breaker

b Two enclosures combined:
v 1 enclosure, 400 mm deep, for the circuit breaker
v 1 enclosure, 400 mm deep, for the Canalis KT/switchboard interface.
DD202307
Rear connection (RC)

Dimensions (1) (mm)
A
B
C
Circuit breaker
Fixed, 3P/4P (2)
NS800/1600
or NT08/16
NS800/1600
or NT08/16
325
160
638
325
170
DD210769
Drawout, 3P/4P (2)
638
Reference
point
DD202305

b Two enclosures combined:
v 1 enclosure, 600 mm deep, for the circuit breaker
v 1 enclosure, 400 mm deep, for the Canalis KT/switchboard interface.
Dimensions (1) (en mm)
A
B
C
Disjoncteur
Fixed, 3P/4P (2)
NW08/16
815
325
264
NW20/25
757
325
414
NW32
774
325
414
NW40
790
325
439
NW08/16
815
317
414
NW20/25
815
342
414
NW32
815
317
439
NW40
790
325
439
DD210771
Drawout, 3P/4P (2)
Reference
point
204
version: 1.1
K9CE42000.indd
Connection to Okken and

Prisma Plus LV switchboards
The sealing kit must be ordered with the KT trunking. The size of the trunking
determines that of the sealing kit. For the different types of kit, see the "Catalogue
numbers and dimensions" pages.
The kit includes a drilling and cut-out drawing for the switchboard roof.
DD210775
DD202314
Sealing kit
DD210774
KTB0ppppTT01
It is advised to cut out the switchboard roof in the workshop.

Important. The dimensions are measured from switchboard framework.
DD210776
Cut-out drawing (for all the ratings)
Centre lines.
K9CE42000.indd
version: 1.1
205
By universal feed unit

Canalis KTC
PD202351
Canalis KT can be connected to switchboards via a universal connector. To simplify

the work, it is advised to fit the switchboard busbars with a distance between
centres of 115 mm.
Jointing with the switchboard is via a straight or elbow universal feed unit with a
straight or flat outlet.
Connections are made using torque nuts offering both ease of use and the
possibility of a visual check before energising.
Enclosure depth depending on the rating of the trunking
Minimum depth X of
switchboard (mm)
1000 to 1600
230
400
2000 to 3200
350
400
4000 and 5000
510
600
DD210779
Busbars in switchboard
(recommended distance between
centres = 115 mm)
Depth Y of flange feed

unit plate (mm)
DD210778
Rating of trunking (A)
DD210781
If the order of the

phases in the trunking
and the switchboard is
different, it is advised to
invert the phases in the
switchboard. If that is not
possible, use the phase
and neutral crossover
components.
For more information, see
the "Description" section
page 49 and "Catalogue
numbers/Dimensions"
section, page 69.
DD210780
Phase order
KTCppppTNp10
KTCppppTPp10
206
version: 1.1
K9CE42000.indd
Cut-out drawing

Cut-out for universal feeder unit, with distance between centres = 115 mm
Depth Y of flange feed unit plate (mm)

230
2000 to 3200
350
4000 and 5000
510
DD210782
1000 to 1600
Centre lines.
K9CE42000.indd
version: 1.1
207
Via flange feed unit and flexible bars

Canalis KTC
PD202353
Connection plates are flexible copper bars, insulated or not, and drilled at one or
both ends. They are supplied with bolts, washers and torque nuts for connection to
straight or elbow universal feed units.
To simplify the work, it is advised to universal feed units with a distance between
centres of 115 mm.
Enclosure depth depending on the rating of the trunking
Minimum depth X of
switchboard (mm)
1000 to 1600
230
400
2000 to 3200
350
400
4000 and 5000
510
600
Vertical incomer
Horizontal incomer
DD210779
DD210783
DD202385
Universal feed unit

(recommended distance between
centres = 115 mm)
Depth Y of flange feed

unit plate (mm)
KTCppppERpp
208
version: 1.1
K9CE42000.indd
The required number of connection plates is indicated in the table below.
1000
2000
1500
2500
1500
3200
2000
4000
2500
5000
3000
DD210789m
1000
DD210789
1600
DD210787
1350
Connection
plates
DD210785

Number
Section (mm2)
DD210786
DD210764

(A)
DD210788
Selection of connection plates

1600
rating (A)
2000 to
2500
3200
4000
5000
Short-circuit withstand table
Short-circuit withstand
DD202359
Short-time withstand current (Icw)
Maximum distance between support

centres X (mm)
y 43 kA
400
43 kA y Icw y 50 kA
225
50 kA y Icw y 100 kA
150
Vertical incomer
DD210790
DD202349
Horizontal incomer
If the order of the phases in the trunking and the switchboard is different, it is
advised to invert the phases in the switchboard. If that is not possible, use the
phase and neutral crossover components.
For more information, see the "Description" section page 49 and "Catalogue
numbers/Dimensions" section, page 69.
DD210780
DD210781
DD210791
Phase order
KTCppppTNp10
KTCppppTPp10
K9CE42000.indd
version: 1.1
209

Canalis KTC
Dimensions of protective covers
Horizontal incomer
DD202326
Rigid horizontal cover KTBppppCR1 for ER straight outlet feed connectors

type N1 to N6
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
1000 to 1600
230
220 to 475
220 to 475
310 to 800
2000 to 3200
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
430 to 800
4000 and 5000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
590 to 800
KTBppppCR1

DD210953n
Cut-out drawing
Centre lines.
210
version: 1.1
K9CE42000.indd
Vertical incomer
DD202322
Rigid vertical cover KTBppppCR2 (400 to 800 mm height) for ER straight

outlet feed connectors type N1 to N6
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
G
Z
1000 to 1600
230
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
2000 to 3200
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
4000 and 5000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
KTBppppCR2
DD210953n1
Cut-out drawing
Centre lines.
DD202324

Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
G
Z
1000 to 1600
230
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
2000 to 3200
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
4000 and 5000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
KTBppppCR3
DD210953n2
Cut-out drawing
Centre lines.
K9CE42000.indd
version: 1.1
211
Connection to cast resin

transformers
Installation guide
Selection guide
Canalis KTC
This guide will allow you to:

v choose the connection best suited to your layout (incoming direction, flat or
edgewise busbar trunking, possibility of adjusting phase order),
v check the total height of the link with respect to the premises ceiling height,
dimension Z0 + Z2 (plan for 100 mm minimum between the upper point of the link
and the ceiling),
v optimise your link whilst respecting the following rule:
(Z0 + Z1)switchboard = (Z0 + Z1)transformer to avoid multiple elbows to change levels,
v position the sections for the busbar trunking supports.
Z2
Z1 + 140
Selecting phase order
Fixed
Front or rear exit
maximum
Right or left exit

Edgewise layout
Flat layout
DD202490
230
Z1 minimum
TS4
DD202489
See page 214
Z0
Universal connection
TS3
DD202488
Connection with interface to Trihal transformers

TS1
TS2
DD202487
PD202399_r
Type of connection
See page 214

238
According to manufacturers
drawing
350
According to manu
drawing
280
350
280 (1)
Z1 + H
Z1 + H
420 (1)
Fixed
At time of order
At time of order
b
(1) To use standard connection plates L = 406 mm in accordance with our recommendations.
212
version: 1.1
K9CE43000.indd
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
DD202180
Rating (A)
TS6
TS7
TS8
DD202494
DD202492
TS5
DD202493
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
DD202491
ufacturers
drawing
350
According to manufacturers drawing According to manufacturers

drawing
280
350
drawing
-
350 (1)
280 (1)
350 (1)
Z1 + H
420 (1)
At time of order
At time of order
H = 74 or 104 or Z1 + H/2 + 115 500 (1)

124 mm
H = 164 or 204 Z1 + H/2 + 175
or 244 mm
H = 324 or
Z1 + H/2 + 255
404 mm
At time of order
At time of order
b
b
K9CE43000.indd
version: 1.1
213
Installation guide
Connection to Trihal cast resin

transformers
Canalis KTC
PD202434_r
The Trihal dry-type transformers are supplied with a specific interface tested to
receive the Canalis KT busbar trunking. Jointing with the switchboard is achieved
using a standard run section (straight, elbow section, etc) and a joint block identical
to that for connecting run elements.
The Canalis KT/dry type transformer interface, which is fitted to the transformer,
is designed to accept the transformers 25 % overload in the case of forced
ventilation.
The connections are tested and qualified in normal operating conditions with
respect to temperature rise (Dq) and short-circuits (Isc).
The busbar trunking is quickly connected to the dry-type transformer using a simple
joint block with torque nuts, guaranteeing tightening torque.
Table of compatibility between Canalis KT and the connection interface for
naturally ventilated (AN) dry-type transformers.
Dry-type transformer
Canalis KTC
Rating l nominal (1) Interface

(kVA) (A)
Type Junction Rating (A)
Cross-section
Type
630
887
H124
1600
140 x 74
KTC1000
800
1126
H164
2000
140 x 104
KTC1350
1000
1408
H204
2500
140 x 124
KTC1600
1250
1760
H244
3200
140 x 164
KTC2000
1600
2253
H324
4000
140 x 204
KTC2500
2000
2816
H404
5000
140 x 244
KTC3200
2500
3520
7
H404
5000
140 x 324
(1) I is given as an indication only and is calculated with U - 410 V.
KTC4000
Table of compatibility between Canalis KT and the connection interface for

forced ventilated (AF) dry-type transformers.
Canalis KTC
Rating l nominal (1) Interface

(kVA) (A)
Type Junction Rating (A)
Cross-section
Type
630
1108
H124
1600
140 x 104
KTC1350
800
1407
H164
2000
140 x 124
KTC1600
1000
1760
H204
2500
140 x 164
KTC2000
1250
2253
H244
3200
140 x 204
KTC2500
1600
2816
H324
4000
140 x 244
KTC3200
2000
3520
6
H404
5000
140 x 324
KTC4000
If, for reasons of busbar trunking operating conditions or performance

requirements, you have to use a rating other than those defined in the above
tables, consult us.
If the phase order of

the busbar trunking is
different to that of the
switchboards busbars, it
is recommended a phase
inversion is carried out
in the switchboard. If
this cannot be done, use
the phase and neutral
transposition section.
For more information on
transposition sections,
see "Description" page 49
and "Catalogue numbers
and Dimensions"
page 69.
DD210780
DD210945
Phase order
KTCppppTNp10
KTCppppTPp10
214
version: 1.1
K9CE43000.indd
DD210946
Reference point
Dimensions
Dimensions X, Y and Z
Dimensions
(mm)
Transformer power (kVA)

630
800
1000 1250
1600
2000
2500
147
150
170
147
150
170
153
100
100
108
93
124
144
149
X0
233
215
265
245
300
300
322.5
Interface type
Dimensions Y0 and Z0
Y0 = X + L
Z0 = C - M
Dimensions C and L are different according to country standards.
French standard
FT no.235627 rev. 3 - Primary voltage: 20 kV - Insulation voltage: 24 kV Secondary voltage: 410 V
Dimensions
(mm)

630
800
1000 1250
1600
2000
2500
1614
1744
1749
1929
2089
2209
2297
220
225
240
240
240
257
275
German standard
Dimensions
(mm)

630
800
1000 1250
1600
2000
2500
1734
1744
1749
2019
1979
2199
2279
210
220
225
245
255
255
265
Spanish standard
Dimensions
(mm)

630
800
1000 1250
1600
2000
1614
1744
1879
1929
1979
2194
220
225
215
245
250
245
Belgian standard
FT no.235820 rev. 0 - Primary voltage: 15 kV - Insulation voltage: 17.5 kV Secondary voltage: 400 V
Dimensions
(mm)
K9CE43000.indd

630
800
1000 1250
1600
2000
2500
1484
1564
1694
1844
2054
2149
2164
215
210
215
225
230
255
235
version: 1.1
215
Installation guide
Connection to Trihal cast resin

transformers
Canalis KTC
DD210947
Sealing kit
The sealing kit must be ordered with the KT busbar trunking. The busbar trunking
size defines the sealing kit size. For the different types of kit, see "Catalogue
numbers/Dimensions".
The kit includes a drilling and cut-out template for the dry-type transformer panels.
KTB0ppppTT01
It is recommended that the cutting-out of the transformer panels is done in the
workshop.
DD210776
Cut-out drawing
Junction axis.
216
version: 1.1
K9CE43000.indd

transformers

PD202352
Canalis KT can be connected to cast resin transformers using a universal feed.

The connection is made using a flexible busbar (connection plates or braids) to
avoid transmitting vibrations and expansions. The connection plates are made up
of either insulated or non-insulated flexible copper bars, drilled at one or both ends.
A nut and bolt kit allows connection to the feed.
The connections use torque-head bolts which provide both ease of installation and
visual inspection of correct tightening before energising.
If the transformer is supplied with panels, provide for an additional cover to
maintain the protection degree.
Choice of Canalis KT busbar trunking rating according to transformer power.
Transformer
Power (kVA)
I nominal (1) (A)
KTC rating at
nominal
power (2) (A)
630
887
1000
800
1126
1350
1000
1408
1600
1250
1760
2000
1600
2253
2500
2000
2816
3200
2500
3520
4000
3150
4435
5000
(1) I is given as an indication only and is calculated with U = 410 V and at transformer nominal
setting, without forced ventilation.
(2) The busbar trunking rating is defined for normal operating conditions.
TS3 and TS5 universal connection, edgewise mounting

DD210949
Recommended configurations for shortcircuit withstand

(connection plate L = 400 mm)
KTCppppELp1 or KTCppppELp2 or KTCppppELp3 or KTCppppELp4
DD210948
TS4 and TS6 universal connection, flat mounting (using angle brackets)
KTCppppELp1 or KTCppppELp2 or KTCppppELp3 or KTCppppELp4 with angle

bracket KTB0000YE1
K9CE43000.indd
version: 1.1
217

transformers
Installation guide

Canalis KTC
DD202481
TS7 universal connection, edgewise mounting
KTCppppELp5
DD202480
TS7 universal connection, flat mounting (using angle brackets)
KTCppppELp5 with angle bracket KTB0000YE

The number of connection plates is defined in the table below:
1500
2500
1500
3200
2000
4000
2500
5000
3000

rating (A)
1600
2000 to
2500
version: 1.1
3200
4000
DD210789m
1000
2000
DD210789
1000
DD210788
1600
Connection
plates
218

Number
Section (mm2)
1350
DD210786
DD210950

(A)
DD210787
Definition of connection plates
5000
K9CE43000.indd
Phase selection is made when the feed is ordered.

Phase L2 is fixed and can therefore be used as a reference for installing the feed
on the transformer.
Phase order
The different phase selection possibilities (T)
DD210951
b Dedicated feeds N1 to N4,
Important: the drawings and references above correspond to a phase order of

N321, joint block side. If the phase order on the joint block side is N123, inverse
T=1 with T=3 and T=2 with T=4.
DD210952
b Feed with flat bars N5.
Important: the drawings and references above correspond to a phase order of

N321, joint block side. If the phase order on the joint block side is N123, inverse L1
and L3 on the transformer side marking.
K9CE43000.indd
version: 1.1
219

transformers
Installation guide

Canalis KTC
Vertical protection covers for dry-type transformer feeds N1, N2, N3
and N4
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
Minimum
Maximum
1000 to 1600
230
200
350
2000 to 3200
350
200
350
4000 to 5000
510
200
350
DD202344n
KTB0000CR4
Horizontal protection covers for dry-type transformer feeds N1, N2, N3

and N4
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
Minimum
Maximum
1000 to 1600
230
330
480
2000 to 3200
350
330
480
4000 to 5000
510
330
480
DD202345n
KTB0000CR5
220
version: 1.1
K9CE43000.indd
Horizontal protection cover for dry-type transformer feed N5

Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
Minimum
Maximum
1000 to 1600
230
380
530
2000 to 3200
350
500
650
4000 to 5000
510
660
810
DD202347
KTBppppCR6
It is recommended that the cutting-out of the transformer panels is done in the

workshop.
DD230224
Cut-out drawing for dry-type

transformer panels
K9CE43000.indd
version: 1.1
221
Installation guide
Connection to oil immersed

transformers
Selection guide
Canalis KTC
This guide will allow you to:
v choose the connection best suited to your layout (incoming direction, flat or
edgewise busbar trunking, possibility of adjusting phase order)
v check the total height of the link with respect to the premises ceiling height,
dimension Z0 + Z2 (plan for 100 mm minimum between the upper point of the link
and the ceiling)
v optimise your link whilst respecting the following rule:
(Z0 + Z1)switchboard = (Z0 + Z1)transformer to avoid multiple elbows to change levels
v position the sections for the busbar trunking supports.
TH3
According to manufacturers drawing
According
minimum
738
1073
730
maximum
1072
1064
Z2
Z1 + H
Z1 + H
Z1 + 140
Front or rear exit

Right or left exit
Edgewise layout
Z0
Z1
DD202418
TH2
DD202417
Vertical incomer
TH1
DD202416
PD202429_r
Incomer type
b
b
Flat layout
222
version: 1.1
K9CE44000.indd
1000
1350
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
5000
DD202180
Rating (A)
g to manufacturers drawing
TH4
Direct connection
TH5
DD202419
DD202420
DD210867
Height H (mm)
Width W (mm)
1065
Z1 = (Y/H)/2
Z1 = (Y/H)/2
Z1 + 140
H = 74 or 104 or 124 mm
H = 164 or 204 or244 mm
H = 324 or 404 mm
b
510
770
850
b
b
b
K9CE44000.indd
version: 1.1
223

transformers
Installation guide
By feed and connection plates or braids

Canalis KTC
PD202344
Connection to an oil immersed transformer is made using flexible bars (connection

plates) to avoid transmitting transformer vibrations to the busbar trunking and to
limit the stress on connection terminals.
Choice of busbar trunking
Rating (kVA)
l nominal (1)
(A)
Canalis KTC busbar trunking

Rating (A)
Cross-section
630
887
1000
140 x 74
800
1126
1350
140 x 104
1000
1408
1600
140 x 124
1250
1760
2000
140 x 164
1600
2253
2500
140 x 204
2000
2816
3200
140 x 244
2500
3520
4000
140 x 324
3150
4435
5000
140 x 404
Note: If, for reasons of busbar trunking operating conditions or performance requirements, you
have to use a rating other than those defined in the above tables, consult us.
Protective cover width

230
2000 to 3200
350
4000 to 5000
510
Vertical incomer
Horizontal incomer
DD202422n
DD202421n
Recommended configurations for shortcircuit withstand

(connection plate L = 400 mm)
Dimensions "Y" of the feed
1350 to 1600
224
version: 1.1
K9CE44000.indd
With drilled connection

plates (KTB0000YC4) or
braids
DD202425n
DD202423n
With connection plates

with kink to be drilled
DD202424n
With connection plates

with kink and bar clamp
Several connection possibilities
If the phase order of the busbar trunking is different to that of the switchboards
busbars, it is recommended a phase inversion is carried out in the switchboard. If
this cannot be done, use the phase and neutral transposition section.
For more information on transposition sections, see "Description" page 49 and
"Catalogue numbers/Dimensions" page 69.
DD210780
DD210781
DD210791
Phase order
KTCppppTNp10
KTCppppTPp10
K9CE44000.indd
version: 1.1
225
Installation guide

transformers
By feed with connection plates or braids

Canalis KTC
The number of connection plates is defined in the table below:
1000
1000
2000
1500
2500
1500
3200
2000
4000
2500
5000
3000
DD210789m
DD210789
1600
DD210787
1350
Connection
plates
DD202426

Number
Section (mm2)
DD210786
DD210764

(A)
DD210788
Definition of connection plates
2000 to
2500
3200
4000
5000
DD210785

1600
rating (A)
The number of braids is defined in the table below:

1200
2000
1200
2500
1800
3200
1800
4000
2400
5000
3000
Busbar
trunking rating
(A)
1350 to 2000
2500 to 3200
version: 1.1
4000
DD202376m
1200
1600
DD210773
Cross-section (mm)
DD210770
Number
1350
Braids
226
Braids per phase
DD202376
DD202355
Definition of braids
5000
K9CE44000.indd
Horizontal incomer
Rigid horizontal cover KTBppppCR1 for ER straight outlet feed connectors
type N1 to N6
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
1000 to 1600
230
220 to 475
220 to 475
310 to 800
2000 to 3200
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
430 to 800
4000 to 5000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
590 to 800
DD202326
KTBppppCR1
Adjustable cover KTBppppCR7 for horizontal incomer feed connectors with a

between centres distance of 150 or 170 mm
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
X
1000 to 1350
230
565
450
830
750
330
125
365
1600
230
565
450
830
750
350
125
365
2000 to 2500
350
825
650
890
810
350
265
485
3200
350
825
650
960
880
460
265
485
4000 to 5000
510
905
650
960
880
460
185
645
DD210872n
KTBppppCR7
Vertical incomer
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
D
G
Z
1000 to 1600
230
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
2000 to 3200
350
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
4000 to 5000
510
220 to 475
220 to 475
400 to 800
DD202322
KTBppppCR2
K9CE44000.indd
version: 1.1
227

transformers
Installation guide
By feed with connection plates or braids

Canalis KTC
Adjustable cover KTBppppCR8 for vertical incomer feed connectors with a
between centres distance of 150 or 170 mm
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
Z
A
1000 to 1350
230
600
830
750
345
330
1600
230
600
830
750
420
350
2000 to 2500
350
600
890
810
460
350
3200
350
600
960
880
575
460
4000 to 5000
510
600
960
880
625
460
DD210870n
KTBppppCR8
Flexible cover KTBppppCR8 for vertical incomer straight outlet feed

connectors with a between centres distance of 115 mm
Rating (A)
Dimensions (mm)
Y
C
1000 to 1600
230
200 to 650
2000 to 3200
350
200 to 650
4000 to 5000
510
200 to 650
DD202319
KTBppppCS0
228
version: 1.1
K9CE44000.indd

transformers
Canalis KT is easily connected to Minera oil immersed transformers (France

Transfo offer).
For more details of drilling dimensions for the bushings and the connection
terminals, refer to the manufacturers catalogue.
DD210955
Connection to bar bushings
Connections to Minera ground mounted oil immersed transformers

from 630 to 3150 kVA - y 24 kV/400 V
Bar bushings (A)
1250
1250
2500
DD202429
1600
DD202428
800
1000
2500
5000
DD202431
3150
DD202430
1600
2000
3150
K9CE44000.indd
Dimensions (mm)
DD202427
Power (kVA)
630
version: 1.1
229

transformers
Installation guide

Canalis KTC
Connection terminals of the type defined below must be used. These are available
in the transformer manufacturers catalogues.
DD210959
Connection to porcelain bushings
The transformers can be supplied with or without a low voltage cover. This cover is
not used in our solutions.
DD210957
Cover
230
version: 1.1
K9CE44000.indd
Contents
DEBU024EN_Recommandations.
indd
Recommandations
Index
Introduction
Design guide
3
17
35
63
133
171
Reception, handling and storage
232
Maintenance
234
Run sections
234
Recycling
235
version: 1.1
231
Recommendations
Reception, handling and

storage
Canalis KTC
This document contains practical information, lays out the general
recommendations (as a complement to the installation regulations) and specifies
the basic instructions that must be respected when handling and storing Schneider
Electric Canalis busbar trunking system.
The purchasers engineering, installation and operating staff must become
acquainted with this document and become familiar with the appearance and
characteristics of each of the Canalis busbar trunking systems components.
Appropriate planning and coordination between the different job functions is
indispensable for ensuring an efficient installation of the equipment.
Each Canalis busbar trunking system is carefully inspected and packaged at the
assembly plant.
The entire system is checked both structurally and electrically.
At the end of inspection, the busbar trunking system is prepared for shipping.
Each section is packed to guarantee easy handling before its installation.
The catalogue number is written on each shipping unit.
Warning
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, BURNS OR EXPLOSION
b Protect the equipment against all contact with water, salt, concrete and other
corrosive surroundings both before and during installation.
b Outdoor equipment is not resistant to bad weather until after it has been fully and
correctly installed.
b Do not sit or walk on the equipment.
If these instructions are not respected, the equipment may deteriorate leading to a
risk of serious or mortal injury.
Reception
Upon reception, check the information on the shipping note corresponds to the
equipment received to ensure all of the order has been received and shipped.
Complaints concerning missing components or other errors must be sent in
writing to Schneider Electric SAS within 30 days from the date the shipping item
was received. If no complaint has been received within 30 days from the date the
shipping item was received, Schneider Electric SAS will no longer be responsible
for repairs or replacements that may be required.
Upon reception, check the various units of the busbar trunking system immediately
to identify any damage that has occurred during transport.
If there is observed or suspected damage, file a claim immediately with the carrier
and inform the nearest Schneider Electric office.
Handling
Handle Canalis products with the greatest of care to avoid damaging the internal
components of the system and to avoid changing the external appearance of the
various parts, as well as the bar ends (connection terminals).
The busbar trunking must be constantly supported by independent means, in
such a way its weight is not resting on the top of the transformers or distribution
switchboards.
The distance between these support means must not exceed 3 metres.
Avoid exposing the busbar trunking to twisting, embossing or impacts, and all other
actions likely to causing damage.
Ensure the handling equipment available at the site of installation is suitable for
handling busbar trunking. In particular, check the lifting capacity of the crane or the
other lifting equipment to be used.
232
version: 1.1
K9CE51000.indd
Take great care when unpacking the equipment:

b use a nail-head puller when unpacking wooden crates
b if hauling the busbar trunking with a crane, use Nylon slings to spread the weight
of the unit being lifted
b if using cables, insert a spacing means to avoid damaging the busbar trunking
b if using a forklift truck, position the busbar trunking on the forks in such a way the
weight is evenly distributed.
1 - Cut the strapping holding the packaging case using suitable cutting tools.
2 - Use suitable tools to remove the strengthened steel packaging at each end of
the busbar trunking.
Take care not to damage the steel box so as not to damage the busbar trunking.
Avoid the use of objects with sharp edges when lifting the busbar trunking.
3 - Dispose of all used packaging in an appropriate way.
Never drag the busbar trunking along the floor. Do not use the end bars to lift
sections of the busbar trunking.
Protection against humidity during

storage
If the busbar trunking is not installed and commissioned immediately, leave it in

the original Canalis packaging and store it in a clean and dry place at a uniform
temperature.
The busbar trunking must not be stored outside. However, if outside storage
is necessary, cover the busbar trunking in such a way as to protect it from bad
weather and to avoid contact with the elements.
Temporary electrical heating must be provided for underneath the covering means
to prevent condensation.
The supplied heat must be of suitable temperature and uniformly distributed
underneath the covering means.
Outdoor busbar trunking is not resistant to bad weather until after it has been fully
and correctly installed.
During installation, take particular care to protect rising mains from humidity arising
from unfinished roofs, walls and other similar elements.
K9CE51000.indd
version: 1.1
233
Recommendations
Maintenance
Run sections
Canalis KTC
Danger
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, BURNS OR EXPLOSION

The installation, operation and maintenance of the equipment must only be
carried out by qualified electrical maintenance staff. This document must not be
considered as being a sufficient means for allowing non-qualified staff to undertake
the operation and maintenance of the equipment.
b Cut the electrical supply to the busbar trunking before installing, removing or
working on the equipment.
b Always use a suitable nominal voltage detection means to confirm the supply
has been cut.
b Effective use of the equipment requires the implementation of appropriate
handling, installation, functioning and maintenance operations.
If these instructions are not respected, there is a risk of serious injury or
death.
Warning
RISK OF DAMAGING THE EQUIPMENT

Hydrocarbon aerosols and aerosols using a hydrocarbon base may cause the
deterioration of certain plastics.
Before using certain products to clean, dry or lubricate the different components
during installation or maintenance, consult your nearest Schneider Electric SAS
office.
If these instructions are not respected, the equipment may deteriorate
leading to a risk of serious injury or death.
Run sections
Canalis prefabricated busbar trunking is designed to operate maintenance-free.

Nevertheless, as for all screw-type connections, it is advised to check tightness
one year after installation and then run checks at longer intervals.
The tightening of the terminal blocks is made with a torque wrench:
value of 6 daN.m +- 10%.
Bolt
HM 16
HM 14
HM 12
HM 10
Tightening torque
16 mdaN
12 mdaN
7 mdaN
5 mdaN
If one of the joints or terminals is highly discoloured, corroded or pitted, or shows

signs it has been exposed to high temperatures, the material concerned must be
replaced with new factory mounted material. Consult your local Schneider Electric
office for all replacements,
b ensure all mechanisms are in good working order.
Lubricate the moving parts of the various mechanisms if necessary. Similarly,
remove all excess lubrication to avoid undesirable foreign bodies from gathering
b check the insulation resistance before re-energising the busbar trunking.
It is recommended that resistance measurements are recorded. If these values
decrease significantly over time, it means deterioration is underway.
Carry out an insulation resistance test in compliance with the instructions given in
the testing and comissioning procedure section.
Re-energise the equipment in accordance with the instructions given in the testing
and comissioning procedure section.
234
version: 1.1
K9CE52000.indd
Recycling
After having performed all the necessary inspections and repairs mentioned above,
it may be desirable to carry out infrared temperature measurements on all the
electrical connections. This operation must be done once the busbar trunking has
been re-energised and reached a stabilized temperature.
Responsibility
Schneider Electric declines all responsibility for maintenance carried out in a
non-compliant way with respect to specifications or installation regulations, for
inappropriate storage conditions, for inappropriate product environments (chemical
and ambient conditions, atmospheric conditions, etc.), for the incorrect use of the
products, and for the non-respect of installation and/or connection procedures.
Distribution tap-off units
Contact between busbar trunking and tap-off boxes.
Busbar trunking contacts consist of sprung silver plated contact jaws to ensure
optimum contact quality. The contacts do not use plastic for their support or
transmission of force.
They are connected to the live conductors of the run at the tap-off point. Silverplated copper conductors are used at the place of contact.
These devices are maintenance-free.
Cable connection
Cable connection of the feeders are via terminals or lugs.

As with all screw connections, it is recommended that tightening torque be checked
one year after installation and then to space-out the checks.
Protection switchgear
For all devices fitted in Canalis tap-off units, the manufacturers recommendations
must be complied with.
Checking appearance
It is recommended the external cleanliness of the tap-off units be checked yearly

to remove dust, water and oil deposits, and all other conductive bodies from the
sensitive zones.
Check for signs of shock which may affect the protection degree.
Recycling busbar trunking
Canalis busbar trunking can be reused. Canalis busbar trunking is designed for a
long service life and can easily be dismantled, cleaned and reused.
DD205673_r
All packaging materials can be recycled (cardboard or recyclable polyethylene

film).
All Canalis products are designed for safe end-of-life recycling. PVC, on the other
hand, requires neutralisation of the hydrochloric acid produced using lime and
generates dioxins that are extremely toxic.
Canalis helps conserve natural resources
Example:
1 kg of PVC generates 1 kg of waste.
K9CE52000.indd
The depletion of raw materials (copper, plastics, etc.) is one of our ongoing
concerns.
For this reason, we have optimised the used of all materials used to make our
busbar trunking.
b Reduction of dangerous or polluting materials. We design our products to meet
future European directives.
b Reduction in the weight of insulating materials.
b Reduction in the use of plastics for improved fire performance: less energy
released during combustion, thereby limiting propagation and facilitating extinction
(lower calorific value).
version: 1.1
235
236
version: 1.1
K9CE52000.indd
YFJYVIIVGIT
6FKQHLGHU(OHF ULF
)55(9$
35, rue Joseph Monier

CS30323
F - 92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
RCS Nanterre 954 503 439
Capital social 896 313 776
www.schneider-electric.com
DEBU024EN
As standards, specifications and designs change from time to time, please ask for confirmation
of the information given in this document.
This document has been printed on ecological paper.
Design: Schneider Electric
Photos: Schneider Electric
Printing:
03-2011
ART960138 2011 - Schneider Electric - All rights reserved
Schneider Electric Industries SAS

Catalog Bara Capsulata 1000-5000A PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalog Bara Capsulata 1000-5000A PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Low voltage

Presentation and description

Design and installation guide

Index of catalogue numbers

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

CONNECTION SUPPORT, 115 MM BETWEEN 77

CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 3P

CANALIS INTERFACE, 1600 A, 4P

CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONTCONNECTED NS-NT, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION FOR FRONTCONNECTED NS-NT, 4P

CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REARCONNECTED NS-NT, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION FOR REARCONNECTED NS-NT, 4P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 1600 A, NW, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 1600 A, NW, 4P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 2500 A, NW, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 2500 A, NW, 4P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 3200 A, NW, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 3200 A, NW, 4P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 4000 A, NW, 3P

CANALIS CONNECTION, 4000 A, NW, 4P

FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR

FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR

REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 77

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L PEN SECT MULLER

REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR VERTICAL 77

FRONT CONNECTION COVER FOR NW

REAR CONNECTION COVER FOR NW

12 ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS, H=24 MM,

12 ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS, H=24 MM,

12 ADHESIVE LABEL HOLDERS, H=24 MM,

BLANKING PLATES, SET OF 10X5 MODULES 110

ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NS, 3P

ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NS, 4P

ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NT, 3P

ARC-CHUTE COVER, FIXED NT, 4P

DBA 115 INSTALLATION KIT FOR KT BBT

DBA 115 INSTALLATION KIT FOR KT BBT

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

DBA 115 CONNECTING BLOCK FOR KT BBT 78

CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD

KH016CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD

CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD

KH018CB311571 CONNECTING LINKS SHIELD

CONNECTING LINKS TAP OFF BOX SB

KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 250 T2 N1

KH FIXED BOX 3L PE FUS 250 T2 N2

KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 250 T2 N1

KH FIXED BOX 3L N PE FUS 250 T2 N2

KH BOX PLUG IN 3L N PE FUSES 250 T2